Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Dow

Dow

dow · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dow
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Dow
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2015

D

o

w

n

e

r

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

5

 
 
 
This Annual Report includes the Downer EDI Limited  
Directors’ Report, the Annual Financial Report and  
Independent Audit Report for the financial year ended  
30 June 2015. The Annual Report is available on  
the Downer website www.downergroup.com.

Contents

Directors’ Report

Page 2 

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 46 
Page 47 

 Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
 Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements

Page 53 
Page 54 
Page 55 
Page 56 

 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

A

B

C

D

E

F

About this  
report

Business 
performance

Operating assets 
and liabilities

Employee 
benefits 

Capital structure  
and financing

Group 
structure

G

Other 

Page 57-58

Page 59-67

Page 68-77

Page 78

Page 79-86

Page 87-95

Page 96-107

D1
Employee benefits 

E1
Borrowings

F1
Joint arrangements 
and associate 
entities

G1
New accounting 
standards

D2
Key management 
personnel 
compensation

E2
Financing facilities

F2
Acquisition of 
businesses 

G2
Capital and financial 
risk management

D3
Employee discount 
share plan

E3
Commitments

F3
Disposal of 
subsidiary

G3
Other financial 
assets and liabilities

E4
Issued capital

F4
Controlled entities

E5
Dividends

F5
Related party 
information

F6
Parent entity 
disclosures

B1
Segment 
information

C1
Reconciliation of 
cash flow from 
operating activities

B2
Revenue and other 
income

C2
Trade and other 
receivables

B3
Earnings per share

B4
Taxation

B5
Remuneration  
of auditors

B6
Subsequent events

C3
Rendering of 
services and 
construction 
contracts

C4
Inventories

C5
Trade and other 
payables

C6
Property, plant  
and equipment

C7
Intangible assets

C8
Provisions

C9
Contingent 
liabilities

Page 108  Directors’ Declaration 

Other information

Page 109  Sustainability Performance Summary 2015
Page 112  Corporate Governance
Page 121 

Information for Investors 

Annual Report 2015  1

Directors’ Report
for the year ended 30 June 2015

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual 
Financial Report of the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2015. In compliance with the provisions 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report 
is set out below.

Board of Directors

R M HARDING (66)
Chairman since November 2010, Independent 
Non-executive Director since July 2008
Mr Harding has held management positions around the world 
with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General 
Manager of BP Exploration Australia. 

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Lynas Limited and 
a Director of Transpacific Industries Group Limited, a former 
Chairman of Roc Oil Company Limited and Clough Limited and a 
former Director of Santos Limited.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in 
Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (50)
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since 
July 2010
Mr Fenn has over 20 years’ experience in operational and 
financial management as well as strategic development. He 
joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and 
was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010.

Prior to joining Downer, Mr Fenn had a 14 year career at Qantas 
Airways Limited during which he held a number of senior roles 
and was a Member of the Executive Committee for 10 years. 
These roles included Executive General Manager of Strategy 
and Investments and Executive General Manager – Associated 
Businesses, responsible for the Airports, Freight, Flight Catering 
and Qantas Holidays businesses.

He was also previously Chairman of Star Track Express and 
a Director of Australian Air Express.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie 
University and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Chartered Accountants. He worked at KPMG for eight years 
before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

2  Downer EDI Limited

S A CHAPLAIN (57)
Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008
Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive 
experience in public and private sector debt financing. She also 
has considerable experience as a Director of local and state 
government-owned corporations involved in road, water and 
port infrastructure.

Ms Chaplain is Chairman of Queensland Airports Limited 
and a Director of Export Finance and Insurance Corporation. 
Ms Chaplain is also a Director of a number of private companies, 
including, Keolis Downer Pty Ltd, a joint venture between 
Downer and Keolis SA and its subsidiaries KDR Gold Coast Pty 
Ltd and KDR Victoria Pty Ltd. Ms Chaplain is also Chairman 
of Canstar Pty Ltd, a financial services research and ratings 
company. Ms Chaplain is a former Director of PanAust Limited 
and Coal & Allied Industries Limited and a former member of 
the Board of Taxation.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, 
Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in 
Economics and Mandarin in addition to a Masters of Business 
Administration (MBA) from the University of Melbourne.

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

P S GARLING (61)
Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011
Mr Garling has over 35 years’ experience in the infrastructure, 
construction, development and investment sectors. He was 
most recently the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital 
Investors, a role he held for nine years. Prior to this, Mr Garling 
was CEO of Tenix Infrastructure and a long term senior executive 
at the Lend Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend 
Lease Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited 
and a Director of Charter Hall Limited and Networks NSW. 
Mr Garling is also the President of Water Polo Australia Limited. 
Mr Garling is the former Chairman of Australian Renewable Fuels 
Limited and the Asian Giants Infrastructure Fund and a former 
Director of DUET Group, of which he was inaugural Chairman 
for seven years.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University 
of New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

C G THORNE (65)
Independent Non-executive Director since July 2010
Dr Thorne has over 36 years’ experience in the mining and 
extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and 
executive roles across a broad range of product groups and 
functional activities in Australia and overseas. Dr Thorne has 
previously held a number of senior roles at Rio Tinto, including 
as a group executive reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, 
as head of its coal businesses in Indonesia and Australia, 
and as global head of its technology, innovation and project 
engineering functions. From 2006 to 2009, he was Group 
Executive Technology and Innovation and a member of 
Rio Tinto’s Executive and Investment Committees.

Dr Thorne is a Director of JK Tech and a former Director 
of Queensland Energy Resources Limited. He is a Fellow 
of both the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy 
and the Australian Academy of Technological Science 
and Engineering. Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a 
number of private companies.

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy 
from the University of Queensland and is a Graduate 
of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

E A HOWELL (69)
Independent Non-executive Director since January 2012
Ms Howell has over 40 years’ experience in the oil and gas 
industry in a number of technical and managerial roles. She 
was most recently Executive Vice President for Health, Safety 
& Security at Woodside Energy Ltd and served as Executive 
Vice President of North West Shelf at Woodside. Before joining 
Woodside she was Managing Director of Apache Energy Ltd.

Ms Howell is currently a Director of Mermaid Marine Australia 
Ltd, Buru Energy Ltd and EMR Resources Pty Ltd. She is also 
on the Senior Advisory Board of Miro Advisors Ltd.

She has previously served on a number of boards, including 
Tangiers Petroleum Limited where she held the position of 
Executive Chair, the Fremantle Port Authority, the Australian 
Petroleum Production & Exploration Association where 
she chaired the Environmental Affairs Committee and as a 
board member and President of the Australian Mines and 
Metals Association.

Ms Howell holds a Bachelor of Science (with Honours in 
Geology and Mathematics) from the University of London, 
an MBA from Edinburgh Business School and is a Graduate 
of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Howell lives in Perth.

J S HUMPHREY (60)
Independent Non-executive Director since April 2001
Mr Humphrey is currently the Executive Dean of the Faculty 
of Law at Queensland University of Technology and a Legal 
Consultant to King & Wood Mallesons of which he is a former 
Deputy Chairman, and partner specialising in corporate, mergers 
and acquisitions and infrastructure project work.

Mr Humphrey is currently a Director of Horizon Oil Limited 
and Wide Bay Australia Limited and is a former Chairman of 
Villa World Limited. He was appointed to the Board of Evans 
Deakin Industries Limited in 2000 and, subsequently, to the 
Board of Downer EDI Limited. He is also a former member of 
the Australian Takeovers Panel.

Mr Humphrey holds a Bachelor of Laws from the 
University of Queensland.

Mr Humphrey lives in Brisbane.

Annual Report 2015  3

Directors’ shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares 
or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights 
or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

R M Harding
G A Fenn*
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
J S Humphrey
K G Sanderson
C G Thorne

Number of Fully Paid
Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid
Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid
Performance Options

10,150
572,586
64,142
12,100
10,000
68,367
10,000
59,230

–
1,200,505
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

* 

Mr Fenn’s holding of ordinary shares comprises 30,769 shares acquired under the Company’s accelerated renounceable rights offer and 324,896 shares that have met 
all vesting conditions being the first tranche of shares in his 2009 grant (64,767 shares), his sign-on grant that vested on 1 July 2011 (250,525 shares) and 9,604 shares 
under the 2011 Long-term Incentive Plan that vested on 15 January 2015. A further 216,921 shares have been purchased as Mr Fenn’s long-term incentive and are held 
by CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd (Trustee of the Downer EDI Limited Deferred Employee Share Plan). These shares have met the relevant performance conditions but remain 
subject to a continued employment condition to 31 December 2015. Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions 
over the period 2013 to 2018. Further details regarding the conditions relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 5.4 and 8 of the 
Remuneration Report.

Company secretary

Review of operations

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring 
that the Company complies with its statutory duties and 
maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It also 
provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate 
governance and gives practical effect to any decisions 
made by the Board.

Mr Peter Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on 
27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce 
from Deakin University and corporate governance from the 
Governance Institute of Australia and is an admitted solicitor in 
New South Wales. Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008 and was 
appointed General Counsel in 2010.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on 
27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance 
Institute of Australia (formerly Chartered Secretaries Australia), 
he has qualifications in commerce from the University 
of Western Sydney and corporate governance from the 
Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously 
Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and 
secretarial roles at Downer for over 10 years.

Principal activities
Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of services 
to customers in markets including Transport, Technology 
and Communications, Utilities, Engineering, Construction and 
Maintenance (EC&M), Mining and Rail. Downer employs about 
19,000 people, mostly in Australia and New Zealand but also in 
the Asia-Pacific region, South America and Southern Africa.

Divisional activities
In this Financial Report, and consistent with prior periods, 
Downer has reported its results by the operating segments of 
Infrastructure (Australia and New Zealand), Mining and Rail. 

During the period Downer changed its segment reporting to 
reflect the new structure created to strengthen the Group’s 
focus on customers, better align Downer to its end markets, 
maximise future opportunities and reduce costs. Accordingly, 
the Group has also reported under the following six service lines: 
Transport Services, Technology and Communications Services, 
Utilities Services, EC&M, Mining and Rail. Downer considers 
that this provides greater clarity on each of Downer’s service 
offerings and aligns the business more closely with economic 
and market intelligence that is typically undertaken on a 
sectoral basis.

4  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015The table below shows a reconciliation between the historical 
and new reporting structures: 

FY15 structure

FY16 structure

Infrastructure 
Australia (DI-AU) and 
New Zealand (DI-NZ)

Transport Services

Technology and 
Communications Services

Utilities Services

Engineering, Construction and 
Maintenance (EC&M)

Mining

Rail

Mining

Rail

To further assist with understanding the new structure, the 
Group has presented the FY15 segment information (Note B1) 
under the historical and new structures (see page 59). Details 
of each service line is set out below.

Transport Services (formerly part of DI-AU and DI-NZ)
The Transport Services division comprises Downer’s road, rail, 
airport and port infrastructure businesses. It features a broad 
range of transport infrastructure services including earthworks, 
civil construction, asset management, maintenance, surfacing 
and stabilisation, supply of bituminous products and logistics, 
open space and facilities management and rail track signalling 
and electrification works.

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

27.1%

26.2%

Transport Services

Roads
Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road 
infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand, 
maintaining more than 40,000 kilometres of road in Australia 
and more than 32,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

The Roads business units deliver a broad range of tailored 
pavement treatments and traffic control services and also 
provide high level capabilities in strategic and tactical asset 
management, network planning and intelligent transport 
systems. They continue to invest in state-of-the-art technology 
to drive innovation and performance, including asphalt 
plants that use more recycled products and substantially 
less energy. Downer’s joint venture with Mouchel delivers 
a sophisticated road asset management service offering 
and was formed specifically to meet the changing needs of 
customers and markets.

Downer is also a leading manufacturer and supplier of bitumen 
based products and a provider of soil and pavement stabilisation, 
pressure injection stabilisation, pavement recycling, pavement 
profiling and asset management.

Customers include all of Australia’s State road authorities, 
the New Zealand Transport Agency and the majority of local 
government councils and authorities in both countries.

Other transport infrastructure
Downer provides integrated services to its airport and 
port customers including pavement construction, facilities 
maintenance, communications technologies, open space and 
asset management and turnkey electrical and communication 
systems. It also provides whole-of-life asset solutions for 
associated infrastructure such as roads, rail lines and car parks.

Downer also provides rail infrastructure services including 
earthworks, civil and rail track construction and signalling and 
electrification works.

Customers include Transport for NSW, the Australian Rail Track 
Corporation and Hamilton International Airport.

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely to 100%.

Annual Report 2015  5

Technology and Communications Services  
(formerly part of DI-AU and DI-NZ)
The Technology and Communications Services division provides 
an end-to-end infrastructure service offering, comprising pre-
feasibility, design, civil construction, remedial works, maintenance, 
disruption risk reduction and asset performance improvement, 
deployed across fibre, copper and radio networks throughout 
Australia and New Zealand.

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

6.7%

7.0%

Utilities Services (formerly part of DI-AU and DI-NZ)
The Utilities Services division provides complete lifecycle 
solutions to customers in the power, gas, water and renewable 
energy sectors. 

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

7.8%

9.3%

Technology and Communications Services

Downer offers end-to-end critical infrastructure management 
solutions to customers in the technology and communications 
industry in both Australia and New Zealand. Its expertise in 
the pre-feasibility and design phases of the life cycle provides 
customers with a high level of assurance and reduces strategic 
uncertainty at the beginning of the investment process.

Downer brings automation technology expertise to reduce 
costs and enhance system functionality through comprehensive, 
innovative and practical technical communication solutions.  
Downer has delivered Australia’s first fully integrated and 
multi-modal electronic fare payment system, and today 
continues to develop and deliver leading intelligent transport 
technology solutions. 

Comprehensive project and program management capabilities 
are supported by superior mechanical, electrical and technical 
capabilities. This allows Downer to deliver projects safely, cost 
effectively and on time.

Downer manages and delivers remedial works and proactive 
maintenance, and focuses on reducing the risk associated with 
disruption to asset operations and working towards improving 
asset performance in order to ensure equipment meets its life 
cycle expectations.

Customers include nbn™, Foxtel, Chorus and Vodafone.

Utilities Services

Power and Gas

Downer offers customers a wide range of services including 
planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, 
managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets.

Over the past three years, Downer has erected over 1,000 steel 
lattice transmission towers. It has designed and built over 100 
substations and every year it connects 35,000 new power and gas 
customers. It also maintains over 62,000 kilometres of electricity 
and gas networks across more than 115,000 square kilometres.

Customers include United Energy, AusNet Services, Ergon 
Energy and Powerlink.

Water
Downer provides complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal 
and industrial water users, with expertise including waste and 
waste water treatment, pumping and water transfer, desalination 
and water re-use, and abstraction and dewatering.

Supporting its customers across the full asset lifecycle from the 
conceptual development of a project through design, construction, 
commissioning and optimisation, Downer also operates and 
maintains treatment, storage, pump station and network assets.

Customers include Logan City Council, Mackay Regional 
Council, Melbourne Water, Yarra Valley Water and Wagga 
Wagga City Council. 

Renewable energy
Downer is one of Australia’s largest and most experienced 
providers in the renewable energy market, offering design, build 
and maintenance services for:
 – wind farms and wind turbine sites;
 – solar farms;
 – landfill methane generation plants;
 – sugar cane waste (Bagasse) fired cogeneration plants; and
 – other biomass fired cogeneration plants.

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely to 100%.

6  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Downer offers the services required for the entire asset 
life-cycle including procurement, assembly, construction 
and commissioning.

Downer’s experience in wind farms includes Collgar (Western 
Australia), Boco Rock and Taralga (New South Wales), Lake 
Bonney (South Australia) and Mt Mercer (Victoria). In addition, 
Downer was recently awarded a contract for Ararat (Victoria).

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M) 
(formerly part of DI-AU and DI-NZ)
The EC&M division delivers a range of industry-leading services 
that maintain critical infrastructure for customers across the 
following sectors: oil and gas; commercial infrastructure; power 
generation; industrial minerals; coal; and iron ore.

These services include design, engineering, construction, 
maintenance and management of critical assets to ensure the 
successful delivery of operations and facilitation of future growth.

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

 – Mineral Processing Solutions – through QCC Resources and 
Mineral Technologies, EC&M delivers end-to-end capabilities 
across all stages of the project life cycle for mineral 
processing operations worldwide.

 – Civil Construction – leading provider of civil construction 

services across projects of all sizes and scope.

 – Whole of Life Asset Management – provider of asset 

management services to help customers achieve optimal 
performance over the lifetime of assets within critical 
operational areas and across the broader business.

Customers include Chevron, Bechtel, Fluor Corporation, 
Wesfarmers, Origin, Santos and Alcoa.

Mining
The Mining division provides a broad range of services 
through each stage of the mining lifecycle including open 
cut and underground mining, mine planning and design, civil 
construction, blasting, crushing, tyre management, mine 
rehabilitation and operational and exploration drilling.

25.4%

14.0%

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

21.4%

36.1%

EC&M

EC&M’s multi-disciplined teams self-execute civil, structural, 
mechanical, electrical and instrumentation services for 
greenfield and brownfield projects.

EC&M delivers the following core services:

 – Electrical & Instrumentation – pre-eminent supplier of 
electrical and instrumentation services, delivering fully 
integrated electrical packages including: high voltage; 
services from 11kV to 500kV, including design, installation 
and commissioning; low voltage power reticulation; control 
and instrumentation; functions for critical plant uptime; and 
process instrumentation.

 – Structural Mechanical & Piping – fully integrated structural, 
mechanical and piping service, including: pipework design 
and installation; heavy-lift rigging studies; exacting welding 
procedures; and fabrication.

 – Maintenance Services – provider of a wide range of 

maintenance services from small ad hoc maintenance 
campaigns to long term partnerships and large periodic 
maintenance programs including: shutdowns, turnarounds 
and outages; condition monitoring; and operational readiness.

Mining

The division has been successfully delivering contract mining 
and civil earthmoving services to its customers for over 90 years 
and is one of Australia’s most diversified mining contractors. It 
employs approximately 3,500 people across 50 sites mainly in 
Australia and New Zealand but also in Papua New Guinea, South 
America and Southern Africa.

Downer’s Mining division generates its revenues primarily from 
open cut mining and blasting services, with contributions also 
from tyre management and underground mining. 

Customers include Fortescue Metals Group, Idemitsu Australia 
Resources, BHP Mitsubishi Alliance, Karara Iron Ore Project and 
Roy Hill Iron Ore.

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely to 100%.

Annual Report 2015  7

Rail
The Rail division provides total rail asset solutions including 
freight and passenger build, operations and maintenance, 
component overhauls and after-market parts.

Total revenue1 (FY15)

EBIT (FY15)

11.7%

7.5%

Rail

Downer provides services to a range of public and private 
sector rail customers with capabilities spanning the provision, 
maintenance and overhaul of passenger and freight rolling stock, 
as well as importing and commissioning completed locomotive 
units for use in the resources sector.

Downer’s Rail division has a strong national presence, particularly 
across Australia’s eastern seaboard capital cities, with 
approximately 1,400 workers employed across 20 maintenance 
facilities. Downer operates two fleet control centres, focused on 
monitoring and management of passenger and freight fleets on 
behalf of its customers, and four manufacturing plants.

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures with leading 
technology and knowledge providers to support its growth 
objectives in the passenger and freight market. These include 
partnerships with Keolis, Bombardier and Electro-Motive Diesel 
(owned by Caterpillar). 

The Keolis Downer joint venture is now Australia’s largest 
privately-owned provider of multi-modal public transport 
solutions, with contracts to operate and maintain Yarra Trams 
in Melbourne and the Gold Coast Light Rail in Queensland. In 
April 2015, Keolis Downer acquired Australian Transit Enterprises 
(ATE), one of Australia’s largest route, school and charter bus 
businesses. ATE operates a fleet of over 900 buses in South 
Australia, Western Australia and Queensland and generates 
around $190 million in annual revenue. 

Customers include Pacific National, BHP Billiton, Fortescue 
Metals Group, TasRail, Sydney Trains, Queensland Rail, Public 
Transport Authority (Western Australia) and Metro Trains 
Melbourne (Victoria)

Tenix acquisition
In October 2014, Downer acquired Tenix Holdings Australia 
Pty Limited (Tenix) for approximately $300 million on a cash 
and debt free basis. This business is a leading provider of 
long-term operations and maintenance services to owners 
of electricity, gas, water, wastewater, industrial and resources 
assets in Australia and New Zealand. The revenue contribution 
from the Tenix business, for the eight month period from 
the completion of the acquisition on 31 October 2014 to 
30 June 2015, was $387.4 million. Excluding amortisation 
arising from customer-related intangibles and synergies, the 
EBIT contribution for the same period was $23.2 million and is 
included in the Utilities Services division, as discussed earlier. 

This business is a strong strategic fit for Downer with 
complementary operations, recurring revenue streams and 
long-term customer relationships. The acquisition is in line with 
Downer’s strategy of increasing its infrastructure exposure and 
positions it for future opportunities in electricity distribution 
and maintenance.

Group financial performance
As outlined earlier, in this Financial Report, Downer has reported 
its results by the operating segments of Infrastructure (Australia 
and New Zealand), Mining and Rail as well as under the new 
service line structure. The table below shows the reconciliation 
between the two structures and Note B1 discloses segment 
information under both the FY15 and FY16 structures.

FY15 structure

FY16 structure

Infrastructure 
Australia (DI-AU) and 
New Zealand (DI-NZ)

Transport Services

Technology and 
Communications Services

Utilities Services

Engineering, Construction and 
Maintenance (EC&M)

Mining

Rail

Mining

Rail

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2015, Downer reported 
declines in total revenue, earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
and net profit after tax (NPAT). 

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely to 100%.

8  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Revenue
Total revenue for the Group decreased by 3.9%, or $304.5 million, 
to $7.4 billion.

actual requirements as the business optimises asset utilisation. 
This reduction is partially offset by the amortisation of Tenix 
customer-related intangibles of $6.6 million. 

Mining and Rail delivered lower revenue while Infrastructure’s 
revenue increased 4.6% to $5.0 billion, which included eight 
months’ contribution from the Tenix business. Mining revenue 
fell 19.8% to $1.6 billion and Rail revenue was down 12.9% to 
$873.5 million.

Infrastructure’s Australian revenue increased by 4.1% to 
$3.8 billion while New Zealand revenue increased by 6.3% to 
$1.2 billion. In New Zealand dollar terms, revenue was up 4.1%.

Other expenses, communication, travel, occupancy and 
professional fees have decreased by 3.5% to $380.4 million 
and represent 5.7% of Downer’s cost base.

Earnings
EBIT for the Group decreased by 9.2%, from $341.1 million 
to $309.7 million, due largely to reduced levels of activity in 
Australia and lower margins. Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) for 
the Group decreased by 2.7% to $210.2 million.

The reduction in Mining revenue was due to the continued 
deterioration of end-markets arising from the fall in commodity 
prices, the early termination of a contract at the Goonyella 
Riverside coal mine, the completion of the contract at the Daunia 
coal mine and reduced volumes on existing contracts. This was 
partially offset by an increase arising from the expanded mining 
services contract for the combined Christmas Creek operations, 
awarded to Downer in February 2015. 

The Rail division’s performance reflects the completion of 
several passenger manufacture contracts, including the 
Waratah Train Project Rolling Stock Manufacture (WTP RSM) 
contract in May 2014.

Expenses
Downer has taken proactive steps to “right-size” its business 
in alignment with market conditions. In FY15 Downer’s total 
expenses declined by 4.6%, as total revenue declined by 3.9%.

Employee benefits expenses decreased by 0.9% to $2.6 billion 
and represent 38.8% of Downer’s cost base. 

Subcontractor costs also decreased by 4.3% to $1.6 billion and 
represent 23.3% of Downer’s cost base. This decrease accords 
with the reduction in total revenue and a strategic intent by 
the Group to retain cost base variability, allowing the various 
businesses to ramp up or down more quickly via the utilisation 
of subcontract labour without imposing a permanent fixed cost 
structure on the business.

Raw materials and consumables expense was largely in 
line with prior year at $1.3 billion and represents 19.1% of 
Downer’s cost base. 

Plant and equipment costs decreased by $204.3 million to 
$641.1 million and represents 9.6% of Downer’s cost base. This 
largely reflects reduced reliance upon operating leased assets 
coupled with increased utilisation of owned assets, more 
efficient maintenance practices, a reduction in scope on some 
of Mining’s contracts and an increase in free-issue materials 
(e.g. consumables).

Depreciation and amortisation decreased by 5.0% to 
$253.1 million and represents 3.8% of Downer’s cost base. 
This decrease reflects lower capital expenditure and the sale of 
mining equipment to customers as part of the arrangements 
to reduce volumes or the sale of equipment deemed surplus to 

Infrastructure’s EBIT increased by 6.6% to $203.7 million, with 
the Australian business (including eight months’ contribution 
from the Tenix business) rising 12.9%. Excluding Tenix, EBIT in 
Downer Infrastructure’s Australian business was down 5.2% to 
$121.2 million due to project completions, tighter bid margins and 
losses incurred in the mining-related consultancy businesses.

Infrastructure’s New Zealand business experienced a 6.2% 
decrease in EBIT to $59.3 million, predominantly due to a $5.9 
million settlement of legacy “weather tight” building issue 
arising from a prior acquisition (see Note C9 for further detail). 
Excluding this settlement, EBIT would have been up 3.2%.

Mining’s EBIT decreased by 22.6% to $132.6 million as a result of 
contract completions, reduced volumes, the early termination of 
the Goonyella Riverside contract and fewer opportunities for the 
blasting business. 

Rail’s EBIT increased by 24.4% to $27.5 million reflecting 
productivity improvements and lower restructuring costs. 

The Group recognised $25.1 million in Research and 
Development (R&D) incentives compared to $11.7 million last 
year. The increase in the R&D incentives was attributable to  
$15.1 million from FY14 projects finalised in the current year.

Corporate costs increased by $7.6 million, or 12.3%, to 
$69.2 million. The increase reflects costs related to the 
acquisition of Tenix, amortisation of customer-related 
intangibles and restructuring costs. Net finance costs 
reduced by $13.1 million, or 30.5%, to $29.9 million reflecting 
lower base interest rates and lower average net debt.

The effective tax rate of 24.9% is lower than the statutory rate 
of 30.0% due to non-assessable R&D incentives, non-taxable 
distributions from joint ventures and lower overseas tax rates.

Annual Report 2015  9

Divisional Financial Performance

Infrastructure

($m)

Revenue

EBIT margin

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

Mining
($m)

5.0%

3,000

4.0%

3.0%

2.0%

1.0%

0.0%

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Revenue

EBIT margin

10.0%

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

1
1
Y
F

2
1
Y
F

3
1
Y
F

4
1
Y
F

5
1
Y
F

1
1
Y
F

2
1
Y
F

3
1
Y
F

4
1
Y
F

5
1
Y
F

 – Total revenue of $5.0 billion, up 4.6%;
 – EBIT of $203.7 million, up 6.6%;
 – EBIT margin of 4.1%, up 0.1 ppts;
 – ROFE of 19.5%, down from 21.0%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $10.3 billion.

 – Total revenue of $1.6 billion, down 19.8%;
 – EBIT of $132.6 million, down 22.6%;
 – EBIT margin of 8.3%, down 0.3 ppts;
 – ROFE of 17.2%, down from 20.9%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $3.1 billion.

It was a challenging year for the Infrastructure division, due 
primarily to the reduction in mining related capital works.

Total revenue for Infrastructure’s Australian business was 
up 4.1% on last year, including eight months’ contribution 
from the Tenix business. However, excluding Tenix, EBIT for 
Infrastructure’s Australian business was down 5.2% due to 
project completions, fewer opportunities in the resources 
sector and pressure on bid margins in a competitive tendering 
environment. The mining-related consultancy businesses were 
particularly impacted and experienced financial losses during 
the year. This had a significant impact on divisional earnings, 
particularly in the first half.

Infrastructure’s New Zealand business performed strongly with 
a ramp up of projects, lower overheads and favourable foreign 
exchange movements, however EBIT was down 6.2% due to the 
$5.9 million settlement of a legacy “weather tight” building issue.

Mining’s total revenue declined 19.8% to $1.6 billion reflecting a 
number of contract completions, reduced volumes and the early 
termination of the Goonyella Riverside contract. There were 
also fewer opportunities for the blasting business and pricing 
pressure on Ammonium Nitrate supply, which placed further 
pressure on earnings.

During the year the Mining division was awarded the 
following contracts:
 – a two-year contract extension with BHP Billiton Mitsubishi 
Alliance, valued at $100 million, for the provision of mining 
services at the Blackwater coal mine in Queensland; 
 – a two-year contract with Cobar Management, valued at 

$70 million, for underground mining services at the Cobar 
copper mine in New South Wales; and 

 – an expanded contract with Fortescue Metals Group, valued 

at approximately $500 million per annum, for mining services 
at the Christmas Creek iron ore mine in Western Australia.

In December 2014, Downer received two Letters of Award from 
Adani Mining, valued at over $2.0 billion, for mining services and 
construction of infrastructure at the Carmichael Coal Mine in 
Queensland. Both Letters of Award are subject to the parties 
executing binding contracts and have not been recognised 
as work-in-hand. 

10  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Rail

($m)

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Revenue

EBIT margin

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

1
1
Y
F

2
1
Y
F

3
1
Y
F

4
1
Y
F

5
1
Y
F

 – Total revenue of $873.5 million, down 12.9%;
 – EBIT of $27.5 million, up 24.4%;
 – EBIT margin of 3.1%, up 0.9 ppts;
 – ROFE of 6.5%, up from 4.7%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $5.1 billion.

Rail’s total revenue was down 12.9% to $873.5 million due 
primarily to the completion of a number of passenger 
manufacture contracts, including the WTP. This was partially 
offset by higher revenue from the WTP Through Life Support 
(TLS) contract and the Keolis Downer and Downer Bombardier 
joint ventures.

Rail’s EBIT was up 24.4% to $27.5 million due to productivity 
improvements and lower restructuring costs, as well as a strong 
contribution from the Keolis Downer joint venture. 

The WTP TLS contract continued to perform strongly with many 
of the learnings derived from this project helping to improve 
performance on Downer’s other rail maintenance contracts.

Keolis Downer delivered a 3.8% increase in revenue to 
$236.9 million, due to a full-year contribution from Gold Coast 
Light Rail and two months’ contribution from ATE. 

On 4 February 2015, Downer announced it had signed a 10-year 
Locomotive Maintenance Agreement with Pacific National 
valued at approximately $1.0 billion. Under the Agreement, 
Downer will provide a full suite of asset management services 
for over 300 Pacific National locomotives.

Group financial position

Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level, with 
Divisions focused on working capital and operating cash flow 
management. The following financial position commentary 
relates to the Downer Group.

Operating cash flow
Operating cash flow was strong at $486.5 million, though down 
16.6% on last year. This reflects a higher cash inflow on the 
Waratah Train Project Rolling Stock Manufacture (WTP RSM) 
contract in the prior year and a more challenging environment 
for each of Downer’s divisions. Operating cash flow/EBITDA 
conversion remained strong at 88.5%.

Investing cash flow
Total investing cash flow was $498.2 million, up 78.7%, or 
$219.4 million, on last year. This includes the acquisitions 
of Tenix, ATE and VEC Engineering, for a combined total of 
$368.3 million (Tenix $308.9 million, ATE $50.0 million, VEC 
Engineering $9.4 million).

The business continued to invest in capital equipment to 
support existing contracted operations resulting in net capital 
of $98.3 million being invested, down 60.6% on last year. 
This investment principally represents maintenance capital. 
Payments for intangible assets increased by $17.2 million, 
largely representing the Group’s investment in IT systems. 

Debt and bonding
During the year, the Group undertook the following material debt 
funding transactions:
 – October 2014: a 12-month Bridge Loan was entered for an 
amount of $300 million to fund the Tenix acquisition (this 
loan was fully repaid in April 2015);

 – March 2015: a seven-year $250 million Medium Term Note 

issue was completed with a maturity date of March 2022; and

 – April 2015: the existing $400 million Syndicated Bank Loan 
Facility was extended to a new maturity date of April 2019. 

On 8 July 2015, the Group completed an issue of 10-year fixed 
rate US Private Placement Notes in two tranches for amounts of 
US$100 million and $30 million, with a maturity date of July 2025.

The Group’s performance bonding facilities increased by 
$51.3 million during the period to $1,333.3 million and with 
$524.9 million undrawn, there is material available capacity to 
support the ongoing operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2015, Downer had liquidity of $982.2 million 
comprising cash balances of $372.2 million and undrawn 
committed debt facilities of $610.0 million.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Annual Report 2015  11

Balance sheet
The net assets of Downer increased by 3.7% to $2.0 billion.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $59.6 million or 13.8% 
to $372.2 million, reflecting debt repayments and the on-market 
share buy-back. Current trade and other receivables decreased 
by 5.9% or $70.0 million to $1.1 billion reflecting a decrease in 
revenue, continued focus on cash collections by all Divisions 
and the resolution of a number of customer disputes in both 
Infrastructure and Mining. Trade debtor days (excluding WIP) 
for the Group decreased by 2.9 days, from 28.6 to 25.7 days.

Trade debtor days (including WIP) for the Group was consistent 
with the prior year being 56.3 days at June 2014 and 56.7 days 
at June 2015.

Net debt increased from $32.7 million at June 2014 to 
$179.0 million at June 2015 mainly reflecting the acquisition of 
Tenix for $300 million and ATE for $50 million (Downer’s share), 
repayment of debt and the on-market share buy-back 
($11.7 million). 

Gearing (net debt to net debt plus equity) increased from 
1.6% (June 2014) to 8.1%. Taking into account the reduction in 
the present value of operating lease commitments for plant and 
equipment from $166.8 million to $151.1 million, off balance sheet 
gearing increased from 9.2% (June 2014) to 14.0%.

Inventories balance was down $32.1 million to $352.6 million 
reflecting the sale of five standard gauge locomotives and 
reduction in tyre inventories. Other assets are substantially 
current prepayments and deposits.

Interest in joint ventures and associates increased by 
$43.2 million due to the acquisition of ATE and Downer’s share of 
net profits from joint ventures and associates net of distributions. 

The net value of property, plant and equipment decreased by 
$109.8 million principally due to reduced capital expenditure 
in Mining and Infrastructure in response to revenue decline.

Intangible assets increased by $329.5 million primarily 
attributable to goodwill arising from the acquisition of Tenix 
and VEC of $253.4 million and $8.5 million respectively. 
Customer-related intangibles acquired as part of Tenix’s 
acquisition also contributed to an increase of $43.5 million 
with the remaining increase relating to the Group’s investment 
in IT systems during the year.

Trade and other payables were largely in line with last year. Trade 
creditor days increased by 4.4 days from 30.8 to 35.2 days, which 
is well within Downer’s terms of trade. Trade and other payables 
represent 54.6% of Downer’s total liabilities.

Total drawn borrowings of $538.6 million represent 27.4% of 
Downer’s total liabilities and has increased by $115.4 million as 
a result of the Tenix and ATE acquisitions and the on-market 
share buy-back, partially offset by the repayment of debt.

12  Downer EDI Limited

Other financial liabilities of $18.1 million decreased by 
$32.9 million and represents 0.9% of Downer’s total liabilities. 
The decrease reflects the settlement of cross currency interest 
rate swap liabilities of $28.9 million following the repayment of 
the USPP debt that was issued in 1999 and 2004.

Provisions of $321.6 million decreased by 5.6%, or $19.1 million, 
and represent 16.3% of Downer’s total liabilities. Employee 
provisions (annual leave and long service leave) made up 
80.1% of this balance with the remainder covering return 
conditions obligation for leased assets and property and 
warranty obligations.

Shareholder equity increased by $73.3 million due predominantly 
to net profit after tax of $210.2 million during the year partially 
offset by the $11.7 million on-market share buy-back and 
$114.8 million of dividend payments made during the year. 
Net foreign currency losses on translation of the New Zealand 
business resulted in a decrease in the foreign currency 
translation reserve by $11.7 million.

Dividends
The Downer Board resolved to pay a fully franked final 
dividend of 12.0 cents per share (12.0 cents per share pcp), 
payable on 17 September 2015 to shareholders on the register 
at 20 August 2015.

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed 
dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on 
15 June 2015 has a yield of 7.21% per annum payable quarterly 
in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2015. 
As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of 
being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be 
5.19% per annum for the next 12 months.

Zero Harm
Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) reduced from 
1.08 to 0.86 and Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) 
reduced from 4.83 to 3.78 per million hours worked.

Downer Group Safety Performance 
(12–month rolling frequency rates)

LTIFR

TRIFR

1.50

1.00

1.08

R
F
I
T
L

4.83

6.00

5.50

5.00

0.86

4.50

R
F
I
R
T

0.50

0.00

3.78

4
1
-
n
u
J

4
1
-
g
u
A

4
1
-
t
c
O

4
1
-
c
e
D

5
1
-
b
e
F

5
1
-
r

p
A

5
1
-
n
u
J

4.00

3.50

3.00

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Group business strategies, prospects and risks for future financial years

Downer is focused on improving business performance through a focus on safety, enhanced customer relationships, business 
transformation, cost efficiencies and productivity gains in response to changing economic conditions and the outlook for end 
markets. Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects and risks that could adversely impact the achievement of these objectives are 
outlined in the table below.

For further information on Downer’s risk management framework, refer to page 119 of the Corporate Governance Statement.

Strategic Objective 

Prospects

Risk management

Maintain 
focus on Zero Harm

Downer is an industry leader but seeks to 
continually improve its performance to achieve 
its goal of zero work related injuries and 
environmental incidents.

Build core markets 
and capabilities

Downer will continue to improve its existing 
business and build on its market leading positions, 
capabilities and Intellectual Property.

Downer will pursue initiatives to achieve these 
objectives, including:

 – developing and growing Asset 
Management capabilities;

 – focusing more closely on forward revenue 
opportunities in public transport (network 
construction, operations and maintenance), 
electricity networks (through State 
Government privatisations), passenger rail 
(heavy and light rail), outsourcing of road 
maintenance by State Governments and 
the NBN roll-out;

Downer’s activities can result in harm to people 
and the environment. Downer has sought to 
mitigate this risk by assessing, understanding 
and mitigating the “critical risks” facing Downer 
and implementing Downer’s Cardinal Rules which 
provide direction and guidance on mitigating 
these critical risks.

The achievement of these strategic objectives 
may be affected by macro-economic risks 
including global economic conditions, volatile 
commodity prices, reduced capital expenditure 
in the Australian resources sector, insourcing by 
key customers (e.g. rolling stock maintenance 
and mining services), early termination or scope 
reduction on existing contracts (e.g. contract 
mining) and increasing overseas competition. 
Downer will continue to manage its exposure to 
these risks through:

 – forming strategic partnerships and joint 
ventures with leading technology and 
knowledge providers;

 – forming strategic partnerships and joint 
ventures with leading technology and 
knowledge providers and enhancing Downer’s 
Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM) program; 

 – expanding into overseas markets selectively 
through existing customer relationships;

 – identification, and rigorous review, 

of overseas opportunities;

 – enhancing management capability to improve 

 – a succession planning process for 

operational and financial performance;

all leadership roles and a leadership 
development program;

 – adapting tendering model for large 

 – bid governance process ensures i) there 

infrastructure projects; and

is a substantial level of risk assessment to 
inform Downer’s decision on whether to bid, 
and the terms of the bid, and ii) there is a 
strong focus on bid costs throughout the 
tender process; and

 – maintaining industry and geographical 

 – growth and development strategies to 

diversification to achieve greater resilience 
through economic cycles.

diversify revenue sources, including through 
joint ventures.

Annual Report 2015  13

Strategic Objective 

Prospects

Risk management

Strengthen 
customer relationships

Continuous improvement of the Company’s 
engagement with customers, including working 
with them constructively to reduce costs and 
improve productivity.

Leveraging “cross-selling” opportunities.

Drive efficiency 
and productivity

Engaging more closely with customers to 
understand their needs and play a more 
substantial role in their success.

Downer has two key internal business initiatives:
 – Fit 4 Business Program: on track to 

achieve $500 million in cost benefits over 
five years; and

 – Business Transformation Program: involves 

investment in core systems and the 
consolidation of business services.

Downer has taken proactive steps to “right-size” 
its business in alignment with market conditions. 
In FY15 Downer’s total expenses declined by 4.6%, 
as total revenue declined by 3.9%.

Ongoing analysis of markets, customers and 
competitors to understand potential impacts and 
determine necessary action.

Continuing to drive benefits from the 
new corporate structure and enhancing 
Downer’s CRM tools.

Downer recently restructured its operational 
divisions to create better alignment with its 
customer base and also launched a new brand in 
March 2015, a major initiative to develop a more 
customer-focused organisation.

Failing to take proactive steps to reduce 
costs in line with forward revenue projections 
would jeopardise the ability to drive further 
improvements to business performance. The 
focus on business improvement, technological 
advancements and cost management is a 
fundamental part of Downer’s formal planning 
processes, day-to-day management activities and 
governance activities.

The corporate restructure in early 2015 was an 
important part of this strategic objective and 
it has enabled Downer to leverage its existing 
expertise more broadly and capitalise on 
growth opportunities.

Continue to improve tender, contract and project 
risk management processes.

Rigorous tender, contract and project risk policies 
and procedures consistently across the Group.

Continue to focus on asset utilisation and the 
appropriateness of the carrying value and 
allocation of non-current assets.

Assess growth opportunities Downer assesses merger and acquisition 

opportunities on an ongoing basis, including 
in new geographies, with a focus on the 
following key criteria: 
 –
 –
 –

strategic fit for Downer;
growth of capability; and
appropriate valuation.

Capital management

Downer intends to maintain strong balance sheet 
and financial metrics. It also intends to maintain an 
investment-grade external credit rating.

Detailed review of equipment, including age and 
valuation. Asset-specific maintenance plans and 
continued assessment to ensure equipment is 
allocated on a best fit-for-purpose basis.

Downer undertakes rigorous analysis of potential 
opportunities to ensure they meet the key criteria 
and are structured to mitigate downside risks. The 
Company is also focused on ensuring it remains 
well within its financing covenant and credit 
rating metrics. 

Downer recently established a Strategy, Growth 
and Innovation function in Group Head Office.

During the year Downer extended its $400 million 
Syndicated Bank Loan Facility to April 2019 and 
completed a number of other debt transactions. 
The Group maintains ample capacity to support its 
ongoing operations.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) 
by Fitch Ratings.

14  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015As discussed earlier, from 1 July 2015 Downer will change its segment reporting to the following six service lines: Transport Services; 
Technology and Communications Services; Utilities Services; EC&M; Mining; and Rail. The following table provides an overview of the 
key prospects relevant to each of these service lines and summarises Downer’s intended strategic response across each sector to 
maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service line

Prospects

Downer’s response

Transport Services

Potential for further outsourcing as Governments 
seek greater efficiency and smarter solutions.

Technology and 
Communications Services

Customers are developing new performance-
based contracting models, based on closer 
collaboration between parties, which are 
generating longer term construction, operations 
and maintenance opportunities.

Utilities Services

EC&M

Mining

The power, gas and water markets offer long-
term operations and maintenance contract 
opportunities, with potential for growth through 
increased outsourcing.

Legislation was recently passed on Australia’s 
Renewable Energy Target, increasing the 
potential for new project development and 
contracting opportunities.

EC&M activity in the minerals and metals 
resources sector is declining but is being offset by 
work in the oil and gas sector. In addition, EC&M 
opportunities are developing across different 
stages of the investment/asset life cycle.

Depressed commodity prices have led to reduced 
volumes and lower levels of investment, increasing 
the industry’s focus on cost reduction. However, 
opportunities exist for mining contractors that 
can work collaboratively with customers to help 
drive productivity improvements and reduce 
production costs.

Downer has a sophisticated Road asset 
management offering through its joint venture 
with Mouchel. It is well positioned for potential 
opportunities in New South Wales, Queensland 
and other States/Territories.

Downer has a vertically integrated Roads business 
with an end-to-end service offering, including 
asphalt production.

Downer was recently awarded a five-year 
contract by nbn™ to continue rolling out the 
national broadband network under the new 
Multi-technology Mix model. In 2014, Downer 
also entered a new service agreement with 
Chorus, the New Zealand telecommunications 
network operator, to continue the roll-out of its 
ultra-fast broadband.

Downer holds a strong position in utilities markets 
due to its acquisition of Tenix in 2014. The Utilities 
Services business is well positioned to win 
outsourced work through the New South Wales 
power privatisation.

Downer was recently awarded a contract on the 
Ararat wind farm in Victoria and is pursuing several 
other renewable energy opportunities.

Downer is building on its leading, multi-discipline 
capability, working with customers to provide the 
best project management delivery mode, and 
developing its asset management capabilities to 
become a strategic solutions provider across the 
complete asset lifecycle.

Downer is also focused on optimising its 
performance on existing LNG projects.

Downer’s Mining division continues to perform 
strongly by focusing on cost reduction, increased 
efficiencies and close collaboration with customers. 
During the year, it was awarded an expanded 
contract at Christmas Creek and contract 
extensions on other sites.

The business continues to examine 
overseas opportunities.

Annual Report 2015  15

Service line

Prospects

Downer’s response

Rail

Governments are seeking value through:
the procurement of large orders of 
 –
passenger rolling stock and long-term 
maintenance contracts; 
the franchising of operations and 
maintenance of heavy rail, light rail and bus 
transport networks; and
the development of multi-modal transport 
infrastructure solutions.

 –

 –

Freight customers are seeking continual 
improvements to fleet performance and reliability, 
with a strong focus on technology and innovation.

Downer’s rail asset management model has 
a strong focus on “return on investment” – 
i.e. increasing fleet availability and reliability.

Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships 
with leading global transport solutions providers 
and, through this model, is pursuing opportunities 
in rolling stock manufacture and maintenance and 
transport network operations and maintenance.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading 
Australian multi-modal transport operator, through 
its light rail and bus operations.

Outlook

Changes in state of affairs

Downer’s business mix has provided a sound base to navigate the 
current decline in our mining based markets. We are number one or 
two in virtually all of the markets in which we operate and we have 
a high proportion of Government related work in both Australia 
and New Zealand spanning Transport Services, Technology and 
Communications Services, Utilities Services, Rail and Mining.

However, providing guidance for the 2016 financial year has proven 
more difficult than in the past five years. There is weakness and 
a high degree of uncertainty in a number of our end markets, 
particularly resources based construction and mining.

We expect the current low levels of mining related capital 
expenditure to continue through 2016 and customers across the 
board to focus on costs and efficiency as the broader economy 
feels the impact of low commodity prices. In this environment, it 
is difficult to predict the flow of uncontracted revenue which is 
slightly higher than at this time last year.

Downer will continue to build and grow. We will invest in our 
existing businesses, including the major rolling stock and light 
rail opportunities, and look to expand through well targeted 
acquisitions or joint ventures.

The bid costs for the inter-city fleet project in New South Wales, 
the next generation, high capacity trains in Victoria and the light 
rail project in Canberra have not been expensed in the forecast 
2016 guidance below. The costs of any unsuccessful bids will be 
written off in the period of notification of award. This may impact 
the 2016 result.

During the financial year there was no significant change in the 
state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the 
financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders – customers, 
shareholders, employees, contractors and the community – to 
operate in a way that advances sustainability and mitigates 
the Company’s environmental impact. As a corporate citizen 
Downer respects the places and communities in which 
it operates. Downer’s values and beliefs are the spirit that 
underpins everything it does and it is committed to conducting 
its operations in a manner that is environmentally responsible 
and sustainable.

The Board oversees the Company’s environmental performance. 
It has established a sustainability charter and strategy and has 
allocated internal responsibilities for reducing the impact of 
its operations and business activities on the environment. In 
addition, all Downer Divisions conduct regular environmental 
audits by independent third parties.

The international environmental standards, AS41801, BS OHSAS 
18001 and ISO 14001, are used as benchmarks in assessing, 
improving and maintaining the environmental integrity of its 
business management systems. The Company’s Divisions 
also adhere to environmental management requirements 
established by customers in addition to all applicable licence and 
regulatory requirements.

For the 2016 financial year, Downer is targeting NPAT of 
around $190 million.

Dividends

Subsequent events

There have been no matters or circumstances other than those 
referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, that have 
arisen since the end of the financial year, that have significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent financial years. 
16  Downer EDI Limited

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2015, the Board:
declared a fully franked interim dividend of 12.0 cents per 
 –
share that was paid on 19 March 2015 to shareholders on the 
register at 19 February 2015; and
declared a fully franked final dividend of 12.0 cents per share, 
payable on 17 September 2015 to shareholders on the register 
at 20 August 2015.

 –

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Due to the strength of Downer’s balance sheet, the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan has been suspended.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2014 financial year, the Board declared a fully franked final dividend of 12.0 cents per share, that 
was paid on 17 September 2014 to shareholders on the register at 19 August 2014.

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998 Annual 
General Meeting, permanent full and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies who have completed six 
months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 June 2015 or 30 June 2014.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2015 financial 
year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member). During the 
year, 11 Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, four Remuneration Committee meetings, three Zero Harm Committee 
meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 19 ad hoc meetings (attended 
by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews, treasury matters and the on-market share 
buy-back program.

Director
R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
J S Humphrey2
K G Sanderson
C G Thorne3

Director
R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
J S Humphrey2
K G Sanderson
C G Thorne3

Board

Audit and Risk
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Held1
11
11
11
11
11
11
3
11

Attended
11
11
11
11
10
11
3
11

Held1
–
–
6
6
–
6
1
6

Attended
–
–
6
6
–
6
1
6

Held1
4
–
–
4
–
4
2
–

Attended
4
–
–
4
–
4
2
–

Zero Harm
Committee

Nominations and
Corporate Governance
Committee

Held1
–
3
3
–
3
–
–
3

Attended
–
3
2
–
3
–
–
3

Held1
2
–
2
–
–
2
1
–

Attended
2
–
2
–
–
2
1
–

These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

1 
2  Mr Humphrey is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis and is also Chairman of the Buy-back Committee.
3  Dr Thorne is also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

Annual Report 2015  17

 – All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to 
ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 
of the auditor; and

 – None of the services undermine the general principles 

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s 
Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & 
Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-
making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the 
Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on 
page 46 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit 
services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services
Tax services
Audit related services
Sustainability assurance
Due diligence and other 
non-audit services

June 2015
$

June 2014
$

733,510
–
106,000

448,305
 52,500
 103,000

315,742
1,155,252

 410,880
1,014,685

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100, 
dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that class order, 
amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report 
have, unless otherwise stated, been rounded off to the nearest 
whole number of millions of dollars and one place of decimals 
representing hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in 
respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company 
(as named above), the Company Secretary, all officers of the 
Company and of any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as a Director, secretary or executive officer to the 
extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of 
the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent 
permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary 
of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the 
performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the 
Company Secretaries listed on pages 2 to 3, individuals who act 
as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and 
certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have 
the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial 
year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate 
behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s 
corporate governance statement is set out at pages 112 to 120 of 
this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and 
Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external 
auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation 
from the auditors that, in their professional judgment, they are 
independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential 
conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external 
auditors, KPMG (2014: Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu), they may 
only provide services that are consistent with the role of the 
Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 
the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 
by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed 
below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence, 
based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, 
for the following reasons:

18  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Remuneration Report – AUDITED

The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), which 
means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2015. The term “executive” in this 
Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:
1.  Remuneration policy, principles and practices;
2.  Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;
3.  The Board’s role in remuneration;
4.  Description of Non-executive Director remuneration;
5.  Description of executive remuneration;
6.  Details of Director and executive remuneration required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);
7.  Key terms of employment contracts; and
8.  Prior equity-based remuneration plans.

Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy, reward plans 
based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant 
sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below. All of these changes were communicated to stakeholders in the 2014 
Remuneration Report.

Policy

Change in policy from 2014

Short-term incentive (STI) plan

 – Addition of a new Zero Harm measure relating to the identification and management 
of critical environmental risks to reflect the Company’s focus on critical risks to the 
environment and communities in which it operates.

Long-term incentive (LTI) plan

 – Transition of the LTI plan performance period to a financial year basis from a calendar 

year basis in order to improve transparency between performance and reward and ensure 
consistency with STI plan outcomes with the LTI plan;

 – Introduction of a third performance condition, ‘Scorecard’, based on three-year rolling 
average NPAT and Free Cash Flow (FFO) performance relative to budgeted targets to 
focus on performance sustainability, increase alignment with the STI plan and strengthen 
retention. The Scorecard measure applies to one third of the performance rights granted 
to each executive with equal weighting to NPAT and FFO. Further detail is provided in 
section 5.4.3; and

 – From 2015, the relative total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per share (EPS) growth 
LTI plan measures each apply to one third (previously each one half) of the performance 
rights granted to each executive, reflecting the introduction of the Scorecard condition.

Annual Report 2015  19

1. Remuneration policy, principles and practices

1.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy
Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors 
with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.

1.2 Executive remuneration policy
Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

Policy

Practices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven 
performers, and those considered 
to have high potential for 
succession

Focus performance

 – Provide remuneration that is internally fair; 
 – Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market; and
 – Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

 – Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets; 
 – Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement; 
 – Require profitability to reach an acceptable level before any bonus payments 

can be made; and

 – Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple 

years and over which executives have a clear line of sight. 

Provide a Zero Harm environment 

 – Incorporate measures that embody “Zero Harm” for Downer’s employees, contractors, 

communities and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk

 – Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and 

longer-term results, and deferring equity based reward vesting after performance has 
been initially tested;

 – Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk 

taking and cap maximum incentive payments;

 – Do not provide excessive “cliff” reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking 

as a performance threshold is approached;

 – Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just 

one measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans;

 – Stagger vesting of deferred short term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow 

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

 – Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive 

risk taking; and

 – Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s 

Securities Trading Policy.

Align executive interests with 
those of shareholders

 – Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive 

reward is linked to shareholder value performance;

 – Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance 

against challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing 
economic conditions; 

 – Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director;
 – Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and 

payment of LTI components in shares; and

 – Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure 

alignment with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced, proven 
performers

 – Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced 
executives from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

20  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20152. Relationship between remuneration policy 
and company performance

 – Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable 

performance and a longer-term focus;

 – Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP 

Scorecard measure;

 – Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI; and
 – Encouraging the development and retention of its people to 

help maintain a sustainable supply of talent.

2.2 Remuneration linked to performance 
The link to performance is provided by:
 – Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to 

vary with short-term and long-term performance;

 – Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an STI 

calculation for executives is made;

 – Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to 

assess performance; and

 – Ensuring that these measures focus management on 

strategic business objectives that create shareholder value.

Downer measures performance on the following key 
corporate measures:
 – Earnings per share (EPS) growth; 
 – Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX100 

companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies); 

 – Group NPAT;
 – Divisional EBIT;
 – FFO;
 – Development of Downer’s people; and
 – “Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental 

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on 
these key measures.
The following graph shows the Company’s performance 
compared to the median performance of the ASX100 over 
the three year period to 30 June 2015. 

Downer EDI TSR

S&P/ASX100 median TSR

2.1 Company strategy and remuneration
Downer’s business strategy includes:
 – Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving 

health, safety and environmental performance to 
achieve Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and 
environmental incidents;

 – Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving 
existing customers better across multiple products and 
service offerings, growing capabilities and expanding into 
overseas markets with current customers of the Company;
 – Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability to 
withstand threats and take advantage of opportunities; 
 – Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins 

through simplifying and driving efficiency; 

 – Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio 

that deliver long-term shareholder value; and

 – Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing 
economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer 
delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements 
this strategy by:
 – Incorporating company-wide performance requirements 
for both STI and LTI reward vesting to encourage cross-
divisional collaboration;

 – Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow 

to reduce working capital and debt exposure;

 – Setting NPAT and EBIT STI performance and gateway 
requirements based on effective application of funds 
employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;

 – Employing Free Cash Flow (FFO) as the cash measure 
for the STI to provide more emphasis on control of 
capital expenditure;

Downer EDI TSR compared to ASX100 median*

)
0
0
1
o

t

d
e
x
e
d
n
I
(
n
r
u
e
R
r

t

l

e
d
o
h
e
a
h
S

r

l

t

a
o
T

200

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

*S&P/ASX100 companies as at 30/06/2012

2
1
0
2
-
n
u
J

2
1
0
2
-
p
e
S

2
1
0
2
-
c
e
D

3
1
0
2
-
r

a
M

3
1
0
2
-
n
u
J

3
1
0
2
-
p
e
S

3
1
0
2
-
c
e
D

4
1
0
2
-
r

a
M

4
1
0
2
-
n
u
J

4
1
0
2
-
p
e
S

4
1
0
2
-
c
e
D

5
1
0
2
-
r

a
M

5
1
0
2
-
n
u
J

The table below shows the performance of Downer against key financial indicators over the last five years.

Annual Report 2015  21

 
 
 
 
 
Continuing and discontinued operations: 

Total revenue and other income 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures and associates 

Total revenue including joint ventures and associates and 
other income(i) 

Earnings before interest and tax – continuing operations 

Earnings before interest and tax – discontinued operations 

Total earnings before interest and tax 

Net interest expense 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

Net profit/(loss) after tax 

Total earnings before interest and tax 

Individually significant items 

Earnings before interest and tax (before individually 
significant items)(ii) 

Operating cash flow 

Investing cash flow 

Free cash flow 

Share price at start of the year(iii) 
Share price at end of the year 

Interim dividend (cents per share) 

Final dividend (cents per share) 

Total Shareholder Return 

Basic earnings/(loss) (cents per share) 

Earnings per share growth (%) 

Net profit/(loss) after tax growth rate (%) 

2011
$’m 

6,641.8 

319.1 

2012
$’m 

8,071.4 

453.2 

2013
$’m 

8,781.3 

351.1 

2014
$’m

7,371.6

363.0

2015
$’m

7,019.9

410.2

6,960.9 

8,524.6 

9,132.4 

7,734.6

7,430.1

3.7 

22.0 

25.7 

(64.3) 

10.9 

(27.7) 

25.7 

266.5 

292.2 

185.6 

(319.6) 

(134.0) 

3.48 

3.70 

– 

– 

6% 

(10.5) 

(338%) 

(1,008%) 

261.2 

3.0 

264.2 

(71.5) 

(79.8) 

112.9 

264.2 

82.3 

346.5 

364.5 

358.8

– 

358.8 

(67.1) 

(87.7) 

204.0 

358.8

11.5 

370.3 

448.1 

(203.0) 

(288.4) 

161.5 

159.7 

3.70 

3.13 

– 

– 

(15%) 

23.7 

326% 

508% 

3.13 

3.59 

10.0 

11.0 

21% 

45.7 

93% 

81% 

341.1

–

341.1

(43.0)

(82.1)

216.0

341.1

–

341.1

583.4

(278.8)

304.6

3.59

4.52

11.0

12.0

32%

48.3

6%

6%

309.7

–

309.7

(29.9)

(69.6)

210.2

309.7

–

309.7

486.5

(498.2)

(11.7)

4.52

4.78

12.0

12.0

11%

46.6

(4%)

(3%)

(i)  Total revenue comprises revenue from ordinary activities, other income and sales revenue from joint ventures and associates. The Company considers Total Revenue to be an 
appropriate measure of revenue as joint venture models are seen as an appropriate industry response to meet the needs of engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) 
customers with regard to large scale integrated projects.

(ii)  Earnings before interest and tax (before individually significant items) is determined as the statutory profit before interest and tax, excluding any items that have been classified 

as individually significant to the financial statements. The presentation of earnings before interest and tax (before individually significant items) is a non-International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) disclosure.

(iii)  The opening value for 2011 has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the accelerated renounceable rights offer during the year.

The chart below illustrates Downer’s performance on lost time injuries (LTIFR) and total recordable injuries (TRIFR) over the last five years.

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

LTIFR

TRIFR

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

e
m

i
T

t
s
o
L

1
1
-
n
u
J

2
1
-
n
u
J

3
1
-
n
u
J

4
1
-
n
u
J

5
1
-
n
u
J

22  Downer EDI Limited

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

l

e
b
a
d
o
c
e
R

r

l

t

a
o
T

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. The Board’s role in remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other 
stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve 
executive and Director remuneration policies and practices. 

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They 
are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review 
and make recommendations to the Board in relation to 
executives in respect of:
 – Executive remuneration and incentive policy;
 – Remuneration of senior executives of the Company;
 – Executive reward and its impact on risk management;
 – Executive incentive plans;
 – Equity-based incentive plans;
 – Superannuation arrangements;
 – Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and 

termination policies and procedures for all key management 
personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the 
Managing Director;

 – Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials 

including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and

 – Retirement payments for all key management personnel and 
senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is 
responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration 
arrangements for the Executive Director and Non-executive 
Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external 
professional advisers without seeking approval of the Board or 
management. During the reporting period, the Remuneration 
Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its adviser. 
Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd does not provide services to 
management and is considered to be independent.

4. Description of Non-executive 
Director remuneration

There has been no change to the basis of Non-executive 
Director fees since the prior reporting period.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to 
the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes 
this is necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain 
their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million 
for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation 
of fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been 
determined after consideration of a number of factors, including 
the time commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the 
Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the

quantum of fees paid to Non-executive Directors of comparable 
companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new 
Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the 
Board changes, or at least every three years. The next review 
of Board fees will be completed in FY16. Reference is made 
to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload 
(i.e. number of meetings and the number of Directors) at 
comparably sized companies from all industries other than the 
financial services sector, and the fee pools at these companies. 
In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility 
provided by the fee pool to recruit any additional Directors for 
planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum 
(inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The 
other Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee of 
$150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are 
paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair of the Audit & 
Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero 
Harm Committee, Remuneration Committee and Tender Risk 
Evaluation Committee.

Under his original terms of appointment in 2001, John Humphrey 
is eligible for certain retirement benefits. Consistent with the 
ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations, the right to these retirement 
benefits has been frozen and has been fully provided for in the 
financial statements. Other Non-executive Directors are not 
entitled to retirement benefits. All Non-executive Directors are 
entitled to payment of statutory superannuation entitlements 
in addition to Directors’ fees.

5. Description of executive remuneration

5.1 Executive remuneration structure
Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a 
component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay 
varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually 
for performance periods covering one year and three years. 
Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. 
Payment for performance over a three year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must 
achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned 
budget for the period. This enables the Company to attract and 
retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes 
are better aligned with shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is 
payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives 
the target STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total 
remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. 
The maximums are determined as a percentage of fixed 
remuneration. The proportions attributable to each incentive 
component are as shown in the following table.

Annual Report 2015  23

Executive position

Managing Director

Executives appointed prior to 2011

Executives appointed from 2011

Target STI %
of fixed
remuneration

Maximum
STI % of fixed
remuneration*

Maximum
LTI % of fixed
remuneration

75

75

56.25

100

100

75

100

75

50

* 

Prior to the application of any individual performance modifier (IPM), which is described in section 5.3.2.

Maximum total
performance
based pay as %
of fixed
remuneration

200

175

125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:
 – Market practice;
 – The service period before executives can receive 

equity rewards;

 – The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through 

direct key performance indicators; and

 – The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a 

shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive 
rewards have vested. 

5.2 Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of 
providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor 
vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and 
fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven 
performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable 
external candidates from secure employment elsewhere. 

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of 
direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market 
levels of remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, 
there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any 
adjustments will be made. 

No KMP received an adjustment to fixed remuneration in the 
2015 financial year.

5.3 Short-term incentive 
5.3.1 STI overview
The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with 
annual performance. This has been applied to performance 
measured over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2015. 

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with 
financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway 
is met. For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the 
Group budgeted profit target. For divisional executives, the 
gateway is based on the division budgeted profit target. Profit 
for this purpose is defined as NPAT for corporate executives 
and EBIT for divisional executives. This minimum must be 
of a materially sufficient size to justify the payment of STI to 
an executive, and deliver an acceptable return for the funds 
employed in running the business.

24  Downer EDI Limited

As noted in section 5.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is 
capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Commencing with the 2014 financial year, the Board introduced 
deferral as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the 
award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining 50% 
of the award earned is deferred over two years. 

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after 
finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the 
deferred component of the award will be in the form of two 
tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award. 

The deferred components represent an entitlement to shares, 
subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition. 
The first tranche will vest one year following award and the 
second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an 
executive remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting. 

The value of deferred components will be settled in shares, net of 
applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage executive 
share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have 
to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting of the 
deferred components.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred 
components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior 
to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited. 
However, the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred 
awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course 
where the executive is judged to be an eligible leaver. 

In implementing STI deferral in 2014, the Board considered 
executive contractual entitlements to receive their STI payments 
in cash with no deferral. In 2015, the Board again considered the 
contractual entitlements of new KMP. In return for surrendering 
their contractual rights that prescribed a 100% cash STI with no 
deferral, the new KMP will retain the full cash element in the first 
year of operation only through a one-off transitional payment 
of 50% of the award, allowing for the application of the STI 
deferral policy.

The details of the arrangements are set out in section 5.3.4.

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20155.3.2 How STI payments are assessed 

Target STI plan percentage of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed 
remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 5.1.

Organisational or divisional 
scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and 
maximums are also set.

Individual performance modifier 
(IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key 
performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are 
set between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) 
or the Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must 
average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculation

Fixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percent x scorecard result x IPM.

5.3.3 STI performance requirements
Overall performance is assessed on NPAT, EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of people development. 

NPAT and EBIT include joint ventures and associates and includes, inter alia, changes in accounting policy, material asset sales, 
acquisitions or divestments.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received 
from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), 
less investing cash flow. 

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element 
includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and 
the communities in which it operates. For 2015, the Board has introduced an additional measure related to the identification 
and management of critical environmental risks in order to reward performance on lead indicator performance, reducing the 
weighting applied to the existing environmental measure. 

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

Measure

Safety

Target

TRIFR (total recordable injury 
frequency rate) LTIFR (lost time 
injury frequency rate)

Achieve a set reduction in the TRIFR at level of responsibility. Award pro rates linearly. TRIFR 
is calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months. 
In addition LTIFR must be retained below a threshold level for area of responsibility. LTIFR is 
calculated as the number of lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months.

Critical risks

Action close outs

Environmental

Critical risk

Assess critical risks and the integrity of controls for the area of responsibility. 

Achieve minimum periods where there are zero actions that are overdue at the end of each 
month arising from Zero Harm incidents, covering high potentials and actual injuries (First Aid, 
Medical Treatment Injury and Lost Time Injury), recorded.

Identify critical risks for the area of responsibility, register these risks in the appropriate system 
and develop and implement risk mitigation plans for the area of control.

Sustainable development

Achieve greenhouse gas emission reductions and energy efficiency targets for the area 
of control.

Annual Report 2015  25

5.3.3 STI performance requirements – continued 
Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

People measures include targets for the completion of development and career reviews and succession plans.

Weightings applied to the 2015 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in 
the table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

Group NPAT

Divisional EBIT 

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

People

30%
7.5%

–
22.5% 

30%
30% 
(7.5% Group,
22.5% division)

30%
30%

10%
10%

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved, 
up to the maximum for that executive. 

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 6.5.

5.3.4 STI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2015 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12 month period;
 – Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and
 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12 month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway” 
before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPAT for corporate executives and 
Division EBIT for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned

 – KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration; and
 – KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can 
be earned on achieving target 
expectations

Individual performance modifier 
(IPM)

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target 
expectations will be required.

 – An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and 

relative performance; and

 – Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding 
performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across 
all participants.

Discretion to vary payments

The Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment 
applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period

1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015.

Performance assessed

August 2015, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period after 
performance period for payment 
to be made

Payment timing

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and 
the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award. 

August 2015 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of the 
STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of 25% of 
the award.

26  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Form of payment

Cash for initial payment. 

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An 
eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and 
absolute discretion of the Board.

Performance requirements

Group NPAT and divisional EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretion

New recruits

Terminating executives

The Board may exercise discretion to:
 – Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain 
circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board 
considers that the financial results against which the STIP performance measures were 
tested were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated; and

 – Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI 
in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

There is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of 
the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the 
unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to 
vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive 
is judged to be an eligible leaver.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it 
will be disclosed.

The following variations from policy occurred during the year:
 – Alternative arrangements were in place for D A Cattell as part of his fixed term contract. These are outlined in section 7.1; and
 – In recognition of the significant effort and achievement in the transition of the Rail division, the Board exercised its discretion to 

make an STI award to R A Spicer, notwithstanding that the Rail division EBIT gateway was not met. The award represents 35% of Mr 
Spicer’s maximum STI.

5.4 Long-term incentive 
5.4.1 LTI overview
Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance over 
three year measures of performance. Three year measures of performance are considered to be the maximum reasonable time period 
for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. 
If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or 
cash at the discretion of the Board. For prior years’ plans (2013 and earlier), for which payment is in the form of restricted shares held in 
trust until vesting, dividends on shares are held in trust and distributed to executives after all vesting conditions have been met, net of 
applicable taxes. 

Annual Report 2015  27

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile 
TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75% 
of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR 
performance requirement applies will vest pro rata between the 
median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at 
the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the 
52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile. 

The comparator group for the 2015 LTI grants will be the 
companies, excluding financial services companies, in the 
ASX100 index as at the start of the performance period on 1 July 
2014. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of 
direct competitors for comparison, however:
 – Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct 
competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from 
period to period; and

 – Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s 

ranking among ASX100 companies has become embedded 
in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to 
dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the 
second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per 
Share (EPS) growth over the three year performance period 
to 30 June 2017. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133 
Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS 
performance condition will vest pro rata between 5% compound 
annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro rata basis from 30% upon meeting the 
minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level of  
5% to 100% at 10% annual compound annual EPS growth. 
Capping reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and 
volatility that may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS 
growth bar is set above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the third 
tranche of performance rights is based on the Scorecard 
condition over the three year performance period to 30 June 
2017. Further detail on the Scorecard condition is outlined 
in section 5.4.3.

5.4.1 LTI overview – continued
The 2015 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights 
to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a 
performance condition and a continued employment condition. 
Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject 
to an independent performance requirement. The performance 
requirements for each tranche will share two common features:
 – Once minimum performance conditions are met, the 

proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting 
commences at 30% and gradually increases pro rata with 
performance. This approach provides a strong motivation 
for meeting minimum performance, but avoids a large “cliff” 
which may encourage excessive risk taking; and

 – The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” 

performance level that is considered attainable without 
excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2015 LTI grants will be measured over the 
three year period to 30 June 2017.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be 
calculated in September 2017, but executives will be required 
to remain in service until 30 June 2018 to be eligible to 
receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to 
the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board 
will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain 
circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability 
or retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board 
will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading 
restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities 
Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board 
determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, 
defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the 
discretion of the Board.

5.4.2 Performance requirements
One tranche of performance rights in the 2015 LTI grant will 
qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other 
companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights 
will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute 
performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first 
tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder 
return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share 
price over the performance period, plus the value of shares 
earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period, 
expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning 
of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the 
comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median 
TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the 

28  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20155.4.3 Introduction of Scorecard condition in 2015
For grants from 2015, the Board resolved to introduce a third performance condition as part of the LTI structure. This decision was 
taken to:
 – Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market conditions, 

for a portion of LTI awards;

 – Alignment with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to achieving annual financial performance targets;
 – Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase motivation and focus on consistent performance; and 
 – Focus on performance sustainability through reward of consistent achievement of absolute performance targets over the long term.

The Scorecard condition applies to one third of the performance rights granted to each executive. 

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent absolute components of equal weighting. These components are based on 
Group NPAT and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the three year period to 30 June 2017.

NPAT and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the three financial years. The performance of each component will 
be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of each component will be determined as the average of the annual 
performance assessments for the three years. The performance rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the 
minimum three year average component performance level of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three year average 
component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard Measure are outlined below:

Timing

Actions

At the beginning of the plan

Weighting of components is determined. In 2015 the components are equally weighted.

At the beginning of each financial 
year

At the end of each financial year

NPAT and FFO target performance levels are set.

 – Calculate actual performance; and
 – Assess actual performance compared to target to determine performance 

percentage for the year.

At the end of 3 years

 – Calculate average annual performance for each component; and
 – Calculate award based on performance against the vesting range.

At the end of 3 years

Consider the continued service condition and determine vesting.

5.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline
The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been 
attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100% of his 
fixed remuneration. 

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow variations from this guideline requirement.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests.

Annual Report 2015  29

5.4.5 LTI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2015 LTI plan, which will apply for the transition grant that is designed to facilitate 
the move to a financial year basis for future grants.

Purpose of LTI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three year period;
 – Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the 

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity 
that can be granted

 – Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration; 
 – KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration; and
 – KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance periods

1 July 2014 to 30 June 2017.

Performance assessed

September 2017.

Additional service period 
after performance period 
for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not 
vest unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2018.

Performance rights vest

1 July 2018.

Form of award and payment

Performance rights.

Performance conditions

There are three performance conditions. Each applies to one third of the performance rights 
granted to each executive.

Relative TSR
The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative 
to the TSR of companies comprising the ASX100 index, excluding financial services companies, 
at the start of the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2017.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative 
TSR test is shown in tabular and graphic forms below:

Downer EDI Limited’s 
TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR 
condition that qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile

50th percentile

Above 50th and below 
75th percentile

0%

30%

Pro rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will 
vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile 
and 75th percentile 

75th percentile and above

100%

100% vest

75% vest

50% vest

30% vest

t
s
e
v
o

t

s
e

i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

f

t

o
e
g
a
n
e
c
r
e
P

0

50

75

100

Percentile TSR ranking

30  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
 
 
 
EPS growth
The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS 
growth over the three years to 30 June 2017.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS 
growth test is shown in tabular and graphic forms below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS 
compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS 
condition that qualify for vesting

< 5%

5%

0%

30%

Above 5% to < 10%

Pro rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will 
vest for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more

100%

100% vest

75% vest

50% vest

30% vest

0

5%

7.5%

10%

EPS compound annual growth

Annual Report 2015  31

Scorecard
The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPAT and FFO for each of the 
three years to 30 June 2017.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the 
Scorecard test is shown in tabular and graphic forms below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard 
condition that qualify for vesting

< 90%

90%

Above 90% to < 110%

0%

30%

Pro rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche  
will vest for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result 
between 90% and 110%

110% or more

100%

100% vest

75% vest

50% vest

30% vest

t
s
e
v
o

t

s
e

i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

f

t

o
e
g
a
n
e
c
r
e
P

0

90%

100%

110%

Scorecard result

How performance rights and 
shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of 
the vesting conditions. 

Treatment of dividends and voting 
rights on performance rights 

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally 
acquired on-market.

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedging

Hedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Vested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration 
Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the 
LTI on the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. 
An additional pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the 
prior calendar year may be made on a discretionary basis.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights 
will be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan 
in certain circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of 
an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards 
in the form of cash.

Restriction on trading

New participants

Terminating executives

32  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
 
 
 
Change of control

On the occurrence of a change of control event, and providing at least 12 months of the grants’ 
performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro rated with the elapsed 
service period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS 
growth or Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the 
performance conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met 
performance requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it 
will be disclosed.

There have been no variations from policy during this financial year.

6. Details of Director and executive remuneration required under the Corporations Act

(Chairman)
(Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

6.1 Directors and executives
The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:
R M Harding 
G A Fenn  
S A Chaplain
P S Garling  
E A Howell  
J S Humphrey
K G Sanderson AO (Retired 30 September 2014)
C G Thorne

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year:
C W Bruyn 
D A Cattell 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer New Zealand, from 1 February 2015)
 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure, to 31 January 2015,  
Group Head of Strategy, Growth & Innovation from 1 February 2015)
(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure Services, from 1 February 2015)
(Chief Financial Officer)
(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Engineering, Construction & Maintenance, from 1 February 2015)
(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining)
(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail)

S Cinerari 
K J Fletcher 
L Nucifora 
D J Overall 
R A Spicer 

Annual Report 2015  33

6.2 Related party information
6.2.1 Transactions with other related parties
Transactions with other related parties are made on normal commercial terms and conditions. The following transactions with other 
related parties occurred during the financial year ended 30 June 2015.

KMP

G A Fenn
P S Garling

R M Harding
J S Humphrey
D J Overall
R A Spicer

S A Chaplain and 
R A Spicer

C G Thorne

Entity

Australian Constructors Association Ltd
Ausgrid
Endeavour Energy
Essential Energy
Transpacific Industries Group Ltd
King & Wood Mallesons
Minerals Council of Australia
EDI Rail Bombardier Transportation (Maintenance) Pty Ltd
EDI Rail Bombardier Transportation Pty Ltd
KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd
KDR Victoria Pty Ltd
Keolis Downer Pty Ltd
Downer Clough JV

Transaction type

Sponsorship
$’000

Sales of goods
and services
$’000

Purchase
of goods
$’000

–
–
–
–
–
–
31
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
408
47
–
132
–
–
227
30,122
66
1,347
454
87

41
246
10
9
361
49
376
405
116
–
–
3,252
–

6.2.2 Key management personnel equity holdings 
KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Balance at
1 July 2014

No.

10,150
346,061
64,142
12,100
–
68,367
59,230
30,786
204,393
800
20,000
–
24,801
5,242
846,072

Net change

Balance at
30 June 2015

No.

–
9,604
–
–
10,000
–
–
2,601
–
2,601
3,201
–
(21,199)
5,000
11,808

No.

10,150
355,665
64,142
12,100
10,000
68,367
59,230
33,387
204,393
3,401
23,201
–
3,602
10,242
857,880

2015

R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
J S Humphrey
C G Thorne
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer
Total

34  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20152014

R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
J S Humphrey
K G Sanderson
C G Thorne
D A Cattell
K J Fletcher
D J Overall
R A Spicer
Total

Balance at
1 July 2013

No.

9,680
346,061
51,170
12,100
–
68,095
–
56,486
204,393
55,000
24,801
5,000
832,786

Net change

Balance at
30 June 2014

No.

470
–
12,972
–
–
272
10,000
2,744
–
(35,000)
–
242
(8,300)

No.

10,150
346,061
64,142
12,100
–
68,367
10,000
59,230
204,393
20,000
24,801
5,242
824,486

KMP equity holdings in performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2015

G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer
Total

2014

G A Fenn
D A Cattell
K J Fletcher
D J Overall
R A Spicer
Total

Balance at
1 July 2014

Net change

Balance at
30 June 2015

No.

No.

445,682
119,373
–
140,390
163,788
–
208,579
–
1,077,812

754,823
242,016
–
237,769
277,397
–
353,257
–
1,865,262

No.

1,200,505
361,389
–
378,159
441,185
–
561,836
–
2,943,074

Balance at
1 July 2013

Net change

Balance at
30 June 2014

No.

No.

No.

–
–
–
–
–
–

445,682
–
163,788
208,579
–
810,049

445,682
–
163,788
208,579
–
810,049

Annual Report 2015  35

6.3 Remuneration received in relation to the 2015 financial year
Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in the form of 
performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions. 

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2015 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash STIs 
relating to 2015, deferred STIs payable in 2015 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2015 financial 
year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 6.4 which shows the accounting expense of 
LTIs for 2015 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants that vested during the year.

Cash Bonus
paid or 
payable in
respect of
current
year
$

Deferred
Bonus
paid or
payable in
respect of
prior years
$

Fixed
Remuneration1
$

Other
benefits
$

Total
payments
$

Equity that
vested
during
20154
$

Total
remun-
eration
received
$

Non-executive  
Directors
R M Harding
S A Chaplain
J S Humphrey 
P S Garling 
E A Howell
K G Sanderson AO 
C G Thorne

KMP executives
G A Fenn2,5
C W Bruyn3
D A Cattell2,6
S Cinerari3
K J Fletcher2,5
L A Nucifora3
D J Overall2,5
R A Spicer2,5

410,625 
202,575 
164,250 
180,675 
180,675 
41,063 
180,675 

2,041,349 
347,712 
1,607,563 
396,785 
1,037,490 
299,885 
1,261,960 
949,810 
9,303,092 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

410,625 
202,575 
164,250 
180,675 
180,675 
41,063 
180,675 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

410,625
202,575
164,250
180,675
180,675
41,063
180,675

800,000 
234,486 
– 
312,500 
392,000 
196,595 
600,912 
210,000 
2,746,493 

399,702 
– 
– 
– 
195,855 
– 
288,945 
105,000 
989,502 

–
– 
1,170,000 
– 
–
– 
–
–
1,170,000 

3,241,051 
582,198
2,777,563
709,285
1,625,345
496,480
2,151,817
1,264,810
14,209,087

42,354 
11,470 
–
11,470 
14,116 
–
15,885 
–
95,295 

3,283,405 
593,668 
2,777,563
720,755
1,639,461
496,480
2,167,702
1,264,810
14,304,382

1 
2 

Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2015 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the 
award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4.

3  Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2015 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the 

4 

award and the 50% transitional payment as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4.
Represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares that vested multiplied by the 
closing market price of Downer shares on the vesting date.
Represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in August 2015, being the first deferred component of the 2014 award.

5 
6  Other Benefits represents the cash retention benefit paid on 1 July 2014 as described in section 7.1.

36  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20156.4 Remuneration of directors and key management personnel

2015

Non-executive  
Directors
R M Harding
S A Chaplain6
J S Humphrey 
P S Garling7
E A Howell8
K G Sanderson AO
C G Thorne9

KMP executives1
G A Fenn2
C W Bruyn3
D A Cattell2,11
S Cinerari3
K J Fletcher2
L A Nucifora3
D J Overall2,12
R A Spicer2,10

Short-term employee 
benefits

Cash Bonus
paid or
payable in
respect of
current year
$

Deferred
Bonus paid
or payable in
respect of
prior years4
$

Post-employment 
benefits

Non-
monetary
$

Super-
annuation
$

Other
 benefits
$

Subtotal
$

Share-
based
payment
transac-
tions5
$

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

35,625 
17,575 
14,250 
15,675 
15,675 
3,563 
15,675 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

410,625 
202,575 
164,250 
180,675 
180,675 
41,063 
180,675 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Salary
and fees
$

375,000 
185,000 
150,000 
165,000 
165,000 
37,500 
165,000 

Total
$

410,625 
202,575 
164,250 
180,675 
180,675 
41,063 
180,675 

1,876,216 
334,909 
1,525,000 
383,333 
925,969 
281,296 
1,229,217 
778,086 
8,576,526 

800,000 
234,486 
– 
312,500 
392,000 
196,595 
600,912 
210,000 
2,746,493 

399,702 
– 
– 
– 
195,855 
– 
288,945 
105,000 
989,502 

146,350 
12,803 
47,563 
2,899 
76,521 
10,763 
13,960 
152,941 
463,800 

18,783 
– 
35,000 
10,553 
35,000 
7,826 
18,783 
18,783 
262,766 

– 
– 
762,589 
– 
– 
– 

3,241,051
582,198
2,370,152 
709,285 
1,625,345
496,480
406,665  2,558,482 
1,264,810 

454,161  3,695,212
632,366 
50,168 
2,370,152 
– 
763,693
54,408 
1,790,555
165,210 
496,480
– 
208,347  2,766,829 
1,264,810
1,169,254  14,208,341  932,294  15,140,635

– 

– 

1 
2 

Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel (KMP).
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2015 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of 
the award.

3  Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2015 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the 

4 

5 

award and the 50% transitional payment as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4.
Amounts represent the first deferred component of the bonus awards in relation to the 2014 financial year, being 25% of the total 2014 award. The remaining 25% is subject 
to meeting the employment condition as described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4.
Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives 
vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payments, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in sections 6.6.1 and 6.6.2. Vesting of the majority of 
securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2. 
S A Chaplain: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 Audit and Risk Committee chair fee.
P S Garling: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Remuneration Committee chair fee.
E A Howell: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Zero Harm Committee chair fee.

6 
7 
8 
9  C G Thorne: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Tender Risk Evaluation Committee chair fee.
10  Due to the nature of the Downer business, non-monetary benefits include living away from home expenses.
11  D A Cattell: Other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit payable on 1 July 2015 ($762,589), being nine months’ fixed remuneration.
12  D J Overall: Other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit payable on 21 May 2017 ($406,665), being 12 months’ fixed remuneration. 

Annual Report 2015  37

Short-term employee 
benefits

Cash Bonus
paid or
 payable in
respect of
current
year2
$

Deferred
Bonus paid
or payable
in respect
of prior
years3
$

Post-employment 
benefits

Non-
monetary
$

Super-
annuation
$

Other
 benefits
$

Subtotal
$

Share-
based
payment
transac-
tions4
$

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

27,534 
17,113 
13,875 
15,263 
15,263 
13,875 
14,569 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

402,534 
202,113 
163,875 
180,263 
180,263 
163,875 
172,069 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
$

402,534
202,113
163,875
180,263
180,263
163,875
172,069

Salary
and fees
$

375,000 
185,000 
150,000 
165,000 
165,000 
150,000 
157,500 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2014

Non-executive  
Directors
R M Harding
S A Chaplain5
J S Humphrey 
P S Garling6
E A Howell7
K G Sanderson AO
C G Thorne8

KMP executives1
G A Fenn
D A Cattell10
K J Fletcher
D J Overall
R A Spicer9

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

1,877,225 
1,535,000
935,969
1,230,225
782,225
7,708,144 

1,598,810
–
783,420
1,155,780
420,000
3,958,010

135,201 
56,155 
64,221 
7,526 
189,093 
452,196 

17,775 
25,000 
25,000 
17,775 
17,775 
220,817 

–

3,629,011
1,081,773  2,697,928 
1,808,610
2,411,306 
1,409,093 

3,919,186
290,175 
29,038  2,726,966
96,479 
1,905,089
187,193  2,598,499
1,409,093
1,081,773  13,420,940 602,885  14,023,825

–
–
–

–

1   Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel (KMP).
2   Amounts represent cash payments in relation to the 2014 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the award and the 50% transitional payment 

described in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.4. 

3   The accounting disclosure made in respect of deferred short-term incentive awards has been altered to reflect amounts that have met all vesting conditions. Accordingly as 

the deferred component awarded in respect of the 2014 year remained subject to continued employment, those amounts have been removed.

4   Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives 

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payments, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in sections 6.6.1 and 6.6.2. Vesting of the majority of 
securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2.

5   S A Chaplain: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 Audit and Risk Committee chair fee.
6   P S Garling: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Remuneration Committee chair fee.
7   E A Howell: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Zero Harm Committee chair fee.
8   C G Thorne: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $7,500 Tender Risk Evaluation Committee chair fee from 1 January 2014.
9   Due to the nature of the Downer business, non-monetary benefits include living away from home expenses.
10   D A Cattell: other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit payable on 1 July 2014 ($674,362) and at the end of Mr Cattell’s fixed term contract 

on 1 July 2015 ($407,411), being nine months’ fixed remuneration in each case.

38  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20156.5 Performance related remuneration
The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2015 that are performance and 
non-performance related.

Performance 
Related

Non-Performance 
Related

KMP executives

G A Fenn1
C W Bruyn1
D A Cattell
S Cinerari1
K J Fletcher1
L Nucifora
D J Overall1
R A Spicer1

%

45
45
–
48
42
40
47
25

1 

Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 5.3.1.

Weightings applied to the 2015 STI scorecard measures for executives are set out below: 

Executive

Corporate
Division

Group NPAT

Divisional EBIT 

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

30% 
7.5%

–
22.5%

30%
30%
(7.5% Group,
22.5% Division)

30%
30%

The Zero Harm element of the scorecard comprised measures as follows:

%

55
55
100
52
58
60
53
75

People

10%
10%

Measure

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury 
frequency rate) and LTIFR 
(lost time injury frequency rate)

Critical risk 

Action close outs

Environmental

Critical risk

Target

Achieve specified levels of TRIFR and LTIFR for the relevant area of responsibility.

Assessment of critical risks and the integrity of controls. 

Achieve minimum periods where there are zero actions that are overdue by more than 60 days 
at the end of each month recorded, arising from Zero Harm incidents, covering High Potentials 
and actual injuries (First Aid, Medical Treatment Injury and Lost Time Injury).

Identify the top five environmental risks, record them in the Zero Harm critical risk register, 
develop an environmental risk management plan for each of the five risks and implement one 
of those environmental risk management plans.

Greenhouse gas reduction/
energy efficiency

Set targets for a five-year plan and achieve specified annual savings identified in the plan for 
the 2015 year.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets at division and corporate levels remain commercially sensitive and so have 
not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is 
90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPAT. For divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the 
division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBIT. 

Annual Report 2015  39

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Weighting of scorecard element

Performance as a percentage of the 
overall weighting1

Corporate
Division
Corporate
Division

 Group
NPAT

Divisional
EBIT

Free Cash

Flow Zero Harm

People

30.0
7.5
23.3
4.7

22.5

7.2

30.0
30.0
30.0
27.3

10.0
10.0
30.0
22.0

10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0

1 

Performance includes the results for each element, even if the NPAT or EBIT gateway was not achieved.

The following table shows the STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2015 due to the achievement of the relevant 
performance targets.

Short-term Incentive in respect of 2015 financial year

Paid

Forfeited 

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

%
80
70
–
75
80
70
96
35

%
20
30
100
25
20
30
4
65

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant executives

Relevant LTI measure

Performance outcome

% LTI tranche that vested

G A Fenn,  
C W Bruyn,  
S Cinerari,  
K J Fletcher,  
D J Overall

2012 plan

TSR tranche – percentile 
ranking of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the constituents 
of the ASX100 over a 
three year period.

EPS tranche – compound 
annual earnings per share 
growth against absolute targets 
over a three year period.

Actual performance ranked 
at the 62nd percentile.

48.0% became 
provisionally qualified.

Actual performance was 8.72%

45.3% became 
provisionally qualified.

6.6 Share-based payments 
6.6.1 Options and rights
No performance options were granted or exercised during the year ended 30 June 2015. 

As outlined in section 5.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2015 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory 
requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year, 
grants of performance rights were made to KMP in respect of the 2014 transitional period (1 January 2014 to 30 June 2014) and the 
2015 financial year.

40  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
 
The following table shows the number of performance rights granted and percentage of performance rights that vested or were 
forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2013 Plan

2014 Plan

2015 Plan

Number
of
perfor-
mance
rights1

445,682 
119,373 
– 
140,390 
163,788 
– 
208,579 
– 

Number
of
perfor-
mance
rights2

243,576 
74,242 
– 
76,726 
89,514 
– 
113,993 
– 

Number
of
perfor-
mance
rights3

511,247 
167,774 
– 
161,043 
187,883 
– 
239,264 
– 

%
vested

%
forfeited

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

%
vested

%
forfeited

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

%
vested

%
forfeited

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

Grant date 15 October 2013. The fair value of shares granted was $3.81 per share for the EPS tranche and $2.26 per share for the TSR tranche. 

1 
2  Grant date 2 June 2015. The fair value of shares granted was $4.45 per share for the EPS tranche and $1.77 per share for the TSR tranche. 
3  Grant date 2 June 2015. The fair value of shares granted was $4.23 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.70 per share for the TSR tranche.

The maximum number of performance rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below:

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

Maximum number of shares for the vesting 
year

2016

2017

2018

2019

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

445,682 
119,373 
– 
140,390 
163,788 
– 
208,579 
– 

243,576 
74,242 
– 
76,726 
89,514 
– 
113,993 
– 

511,247 
167,774 
– 
161,043 
187,883 
– 
239,264 
–

The maximum value of performance rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with AASB 2 
Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

Maximum value of shares  
for the vesting year

2016

2017

2018

1,349,246
408,841
–
425,012
495,847
–
631,446
–

1,138,622
352,427
–
358,666
418,443
–
532,875
–

563,155
184,808
–
177,394
206,959
–
263,557
–

Annual Report 2015  41

6.6.2 Restricted shares
The table below shows the number of restricted shares granted and percentage of restricted shares that vested or were forfeited 
during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

2011 Plan

2012 Plan

Number
of shares1

%
vested

%
forfeited

Number
of shares2

%
vested

%
forfeited

480,205 
130,055
– 
130,055 
160,068 
– 
180,077 
– 

2%
2%
– 
2%
2%
– 
2%
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

464,996 
117,392
– 
154,999 
154,999 
– 
232,498 
– 

– 
–
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

53%
53%
– 
53%
53%
– 
53%
– 

Grant date 21 June 2011. The fair value of shares granted was $3.72 per share for the EPS tranche and $1.99 per share for the TSR tranche.
1 
2  Grant date 22 June 2012. The fair value of shares granted was $3.10 per share for the EPS tranche and $1.85 per share for the TSR tranche.

The maximum number of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in 
future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares for the vesting year

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

2016

464,996 
117,392 
– 
154,999 
154,999 
– 
232,498 
– 

The maximum value of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with AASB 2 
Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

Maximum value of shares for the vesting year ($)

KMP executives
G A Fenn
C W Bruyn
D A Cattell
S Cinerari
K J Fletcher
L A Nucifora
D J Overall
R A Spicer

42  Downer EDI Limited

2016

163,012 
41,154 
– 
54,337 
54,337 
– 
81,506 
– 

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20156.7 Remuneration consultants
Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to 
KMP,  but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1,  
Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by key management personnel to whom the advice 
may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd 
and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

7. Key terms of employment contracts

7.1 Notice and termination payments
Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date, other than the following:
 – R A Spicer who is on a fixed term contract that ends on 13 April 2017.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Managing Director
Other Executives

Termination notice
period by Downer

Termination notice
period by employee

Termination payments
payable under contract

12 months
12 months

6 months
6 months

12 months
12 months

There has been one variation from policy during this financial year:
 – A fixed term contractual arrangement was entered into on 18 December 2013 with D A Cattell to ensure management continuity 

and to guide the Downer Infrastructure business through a period of significant transition in the sector. Mr Cattell received a cash 
payment equal to nine months fixed remuneration when that contract ended on 1 July 2015.
 In accordance with his previous contract dated 5 October 2012, Mr Cattell received a cash payment equal to nine months fixed 
remuneration on 1 July 2014. 
 Mr Cattell was eligible participate in the STI plan for the 2014 and 2015 financial years, but the amount payable for each year was 
limited to the amount payable for performance that exceeds target. This means that the maximum STI he could receive for the 
2015 financial year was 25% of fixed remuneration if performance on all measures was at or above the maximum (i.e. the stretch 
component up to a total maximum of 100%). In relation to both the 2014 and 2015 STI, there was no award to Mr Cattell.
 In addition, Mr Cattell was not eligible to receive grants under any LTI plans.
 On 23 April 2015, a new contractual arrangement was entered into with Mr Cattell for his new role as Group Head of Strategy, 
Growth & Innovation. This contract has no fixed term and entitles Mr Cattell to participate in the standard STI plan and LTI plan 
for 2016 onwards.

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for 
termination due to gross misconduct.

Annual Report 2015  43

 
 
 
 
Mr Fenn can resign:
(a)  By providing six months’ written notice; or
(b)   Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental 
change in his role or responsibilities. In these circumstances, 
Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a)   Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances 

justifying summary dismissal; or
(b)  By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of 
notice of all or part of any notice period (calculated based on Mr 
Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from 
continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in recognition 
of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. 
At the discretion of the Board, his shares under the LTI 
plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of 
redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in lieu of 
notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive 
a payment in recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 
months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six month post-
employment restraint in certain areas where the Downer 
Group operates, where he is restricted from working for 
competitive businesses.

The agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, 
duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, moral rights and 
other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions 
regarding corporate governance and a provision dealing with the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be 
made to Mr Fenn.

7.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of 
Downer’s employment agreement
Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. 
Mr Fenn’s contract will continue until terminated by either 
party under the terms of the employment agreement as 
summarised below.

Mr Fenn’s remuneration comprises fixed and 
variable components.

Mr Fenn’s fixed remuneration is $2.0 million per annum and this 
was unchanged during the 2015 financial year. This amount 
includes superannuation contributions and non-cash benefits 
and excludes Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call 
costs, home internet costs and medical health, life and salary 
continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by 
his wife when travelling on business, at the Chairman’s discretion. 
There was no such travel during the year. It is reviewable annually 
in accordance with Downer’s policies.

Mr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum 
STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration. Any entitlement 
to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to 
performance measures and targets developed in consultation 
with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, 
people, environmental and sustainability targets and adherence 
to risk management policies and practices. The Board also 
retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% 
maximum) based on its assessment of performance. The STI 
deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s 
employment terminates prior to the end of the financial 
year, other than in the event of a change in control or by 
mutual agreement.

Mr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the 
value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration calculated 
using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half 
yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been 
described in section 5.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months 
of a grant’s performance period have elapsed, unvested shares 
and performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service 
period are tested for vesting with performance against the 
relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. 
Shares that have already been tested, have met performance 
requirements and are subject to the completion of the service 
condition, fully vest. 

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in 
exceptional circumstances.

44  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20158. Prior equity-based remuneration plans

Prior Downer equity-based remuneration plans in which executives retained an interest during the reporting period are:
 – 2012 executive share plan; and
 – 2011 executive share plan.

Details of LTI plans from prior years are set out in the table below. 

Plan name

Type of award

2012 executive 
share plans and 
2011 executive 
share plans

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test.

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is satisfied.

Performance 
requirements

Tranche One: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of the 
ASX100 (excluding 
the financial sector) 
as at the beginning 
of the performance 
test period. 

Tranche Two: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be within 
6% to 12%.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

Vesting schedule

Tranche One: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 75th 
percentile. That is, 
4% of the shares vest 
at the 51st percentile, 
8% at the 52nd 
percentile and so on 
until 100% vest at 
the 75th percentile.

Tranche Two: Pro 
rata from 6% to 12% 
EPS growth such 
that 16.67% of the 
restricted shares in 
the tranche vest for 
every 1% increase 
in EPS growth 
between 6% and 
12%.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 6 August 2015

Annual Report 2015  45

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To: the directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial year ended 30 June 

2015 there have been:

(i)

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act

2001 in relation to the audit; and

(ii)

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG

Martin Sheppard

Partner

Sydney

6 August 2015

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG 

International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

46  Downer EDI Limited

Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2015

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

To the Members of Downer EDI Limited

REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL REPORT

Opinion 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of
Downer EDI Limited (the Company), which comprises the 
consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 
2015, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of 
changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash 
flows for the year then ended, Notes A to G, comprising a 
summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information, and the Directors’ Declaration of 
the Group comprising the Company and the entities it 
controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the 
financial year.

In our opinion-

(a)

the accompanying financial report of the Group is 
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,
including:

i.

ii.

giving a true and fair view of the Group’s 
financial position as at 30 June 2015 and of its 
performance for the year ended on that date; 
and

complying with Australian Accounting Standards 
and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

(b)

the  financial report also complies with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
disclosed in Note A.

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we 
comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is 
free from material misstatement. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
Responsibility section of our report. We are independent of 
the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001
and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional 
and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report of the current period. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue and other income’.

The Group’s three largest revenue streams relate to 
rendering of services, mining services and construction 
contracts. Some of these streams have contracts that 
account for revenue and margin based on the stage of 
completion of individual contracts, calculated on the 
proportion of total costs incurred at the reporting date 
compared to management’s estimation of total costs of 
the contract. It is these types of contracts that we have
focused audit procedures on.

The accurate recording of revenue is highly dependent 
on the following key factors:

• Detailed knowledge of the individual characteristics
and status of contracts such as industry, geography 
of project, contract length and type, for example 
lump sum versus time and material contracts;

• Management’s contract process includes:

-

Estimating total cost to complete at initiation of 
the contract, including the estimation of cost 

Our procedures included, amongst others:
• We evaluated management’s process regarding existence and 
valuation of the Group’s contract revenues. We tested that 
controls such as the preparation and authorisation of monthly 
project valuations and that the Tender and Contracting 
Committee (TCC) process were being used in line with Group 
policy;

• We undertook a sample of site visits (to both contract sites and 
commercial offices) across the Group’s major divisions and 
geographies to obtain a detailed understanding of the Group’s 
contract processes, their consistent application, and to 
understand the variety of risk elements of the contracts;

• We selected a sample of contracts for testing utilising Data 
Analytic routines based on a number of quantitative and 
qualitative factors, such as contracts with significant 
deterioration in margin, those contracts with significant 
variations, claims and other factors which indicate to us that a 
greater level of judgement is required in assessing the revenue 
recognition based on the estimates developed for current and 
forecast contract performance;

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Annual Report 2015  47

 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2015

contingencies for uncertain risks like time 
slippage;

•

-

-

Revisions for certain events or conditions that 
occur during the performance of the contract, 
or expected to occur to complete the contract;
and

Adjustments to these estimates, such as re-
measures of quantities of materials required for 
the project completion could give rise to 
variances in the amount of revenue and 
profit/loss recognised; and

• Determination of variations and claims, including an 
assessment of when the Group believes it is 
probable that the amount will be approved and thus
recovered from the customer.

We focused on this area as a key audit matter due to the 
number and type of estimation events over the course of 
the contract life, the wide variety of unique contract 
conditions, leading to complex and judgemental revenue 
recognition from contracts. 

For the sample selected, where appropriate, we performed the 
following procedures in relation to the key judgements in 
management’s calculation of contract revenue:

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

we read the contract terms and conditions to evaluate 
whether the individual characteristics of each contract
were reflected in management’s estimate;

we assessed the forecast costs to complete through 
challenging Group finance, commercial and operational 
management assessments;

we evaluated the Group’s legal and external experts’ 
reports received on contentious matters to identify 
conditions that may qualify for adjustments under Group 
policy;

we tested the existence and valuation of variations and 
claims both within contract revenue and contract costs to 
supporting documentation, to check claims were in 
accordance with contract terms. For contracts that had 
significant variation and claim elements, we used our 
KPMG major project specialists to evaluate the claim 
elements for risk of non-recovery. Our major projects 
team are qualified engineers;

we assessed the Group’s ability to deliver contracts within 
budgeted margins by analysing the historical accuracy of 
forecasting margins and the relationship of cost versus 
billing status on contracts;

we evaluated significant exposures to liquidated damages 
for late delivery of contract works by assessing the
variation registers, which track the nature, quantum and 
status of current exposures; and 

we evaluated contract performance in the period since 
year end to audit opinion date to reflect on year end 
revenue recognition judgements.

Acquisition of Tenix Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Refer to Note F2 ‘Acquisition of businesses’.

During the year the Group acquired Tenix Holdings 
Australia Pty Ltd (Tenix) for gross purchase 
consideration of $333m. This was considered a 
significant purchase for the Group.

Accounting for this transaction is a complex and 
judgemental exercise, requiring management to 
determine the fair value of acquired assets and 
liabilities, in particular determining the allocation of 
purchase consideration to goodwill and separately 
identifiable intangible assets such as customer 
contracts and relationships.

It is due to the size of the acquisition and the estimation 
process involved in accounting for it that this is a key 
area of audit focus.

Our procedures included, amongst others:

• We read the sale and purchase agreement to understand key 

terms and conditions; 

• We evaluated the assumptions and methodology in 

management’s value in use models, such as forecast revenues, 
operating costs and contributory assets, used to determine the 
value of Tenix customer contracts and relationships to the 
Group;

• We used our Corporate Finance and valuation specialists to

compare these valuation assumptions with external benchmarks 
(for example discount rates) and to consider the assumptions 
based on our knowledge of the Group and its industries;

• We considered the Group’s determination of the final fair value 
adjustments at 30 June 2015 and compared them to the 
provisionally reported values at 31 December 2014. We 
performed testing on certain fair value adjustments to confirm 
that they related to new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed on acquisition date, therefore were 
eligible for recognition; and

• We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in 

respect of business acquisitions.

48  Downer EDI Limited

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

 
 
 
Impairment of goodwill

Refer to C7 ‘Intangible assets’.

At 30 June 2015 the Group’s balance sheet includes 
goodwill amounting to $781.7 million, contained within 
six cash generating units (CGUs).

The assessment of impairment of the Group’s goodwill 
balances incorporated significant judgement in respect 
of factors such as discount rates, current work in hand 
and future contract wins, as well as economic 
assumptions such as, inflation and foreign currency 
rates.

The sectors in which the Group operated over the 
period have experienced the impacts of reductions in 
capital expenditure, constrained government spending,
costs reduction mandates, project cancellations and 
deferrals, along with volatile commodity prices.

A key audit matter for us was whether the Group’s
value in use model for impairment included appropriate 
consideration of these factors on their significant 
estimates and judgements and the selection of key 
external and internal inputs. 

Our procedures included, amongst others:

• We assessed management’s determination of the Group’s 

CGUs based on our understanding of the nature of the Group’s 
business and the economic environment in which the segments 
operate. We also analysed the internal reporting of the Group to 
assess how earnings streams are monitored and reported;

• We evaluated management’s process regarding valuation of the 
Group’s goodwill assets to determine any asset impairments.
We tested controls were being performed, such as the 
preparation and review of forecasts. These forecasts take into 
consideration the impacts of the sector specific challenges that 
the Group faces;

• We challenged the Group’s assumptions and estimates used to
determine the recoverable value of its assets, including those
relating to forecast revenue, cost, capital expenditure, discount 
rates and foreign exchange rates by adjusting for future events
and corroborating the key market related assumptions to 
external data;

• We checked the mathematical accuracy of the cash flow models 

and agreed relevant data to the latest forecasts;

• We assessed the historical accuracy of forecasting of the 

Group;

• We performed sensitivity analysis in two main areas. These 

included the discount rate and terminal growth assumptions on
the CGUs with a higher risk of impairment; and

• We also assessed whether assumptions, such as working 

capital and capital spend, had been determined and applied 
consistently across the Group.

Asset valuation – plant and equipment

Refer to Note C6 ‘Property, plant and equipment’’.

Assessment of the carrying value of idle mining plant 
and equipment is a key audit matter. There are a 
number of judgements required in determining their
carrying value due to the current economic conditions 
and potential contraction in the market as a 
consequence of volatile commodity prices. These 
judgements include assessing the remaining useful life 
of an idle asset and where appropriate, the current 
market value.

This resulted in increased challenge to assess the 
forecasted future use or sale, the timing thereof, and 
the related expected cash flows for now idle assets.
The Group appointed external independent valuers to 
provide specialist advice on valuing aged idle assets.

Our procedures included, amongst others:

• We evaluated management’s process to manage and allocate 
plant and equipment to current contracts and tenders.  This 
process is designed to ascribe values to the Group’s mining 
plant and equipment assets consistent with their specific use.
We noted idle assets and the strategic assessment of their use.  
We tested controls such as the preparation and review of 
reporting of plant utilisation and allocation of assets to contracts; 
and

• We evaluated external independent valuations obtained by the 
Group regarding the carrying value of aged idle assets at 
reporting date by assessing the valuation methodology adopted 
and competence of valuers.

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Annual Report 2015  49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The 
other information comprises the information in the Group’s 
annual report for the year ended 30 June 2015, but does 
not include the financial report and the auditor’s report 
thereon.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other 
information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibility for the Financial Report

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards
and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control 
as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.  In Note A, the Directors also state, in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 101 
Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial 
report complies with International Financial Reporting 
Standards.

In preparing the financial report, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial 
report based on our audit. Our objectives are to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as 
a whole is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial 
report.

As part of an audit in accordance with Australian Auditing 
Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit 
evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial report. 

The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s 
judgement, including the assessment of the risks of
material misstatement of the financial report, whether due 
to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the 
auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s 
internal control. 

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as 
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of 
accounting estimates made by the Directors, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

We conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the 
audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty 
exists related to events or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty 
exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s 
report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if 
such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our 
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to 
the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a 
going concern. 

We evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content 
of the financial report, including the disclosures, and 
whether the financial report represents the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation. 

We obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding 
the financial information of the entities or business activities 
within the Group to express an opinion on the financial 
report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision 
and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the Directors regarding, among other 
matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 
audit.

The Auditing Standards require that we comply with 
relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements. We also provide the Directors with a 
statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to 
communicate with them all relationships and other matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

50  Downer EDI Limited

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

 
 
 
From the matters communicated with the Directors, we 
determine those matters that were of most significance in 
the audit of the consolidated financial report of the current 
period and are therefore key audit matters. We describe 
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or 
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or 
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a
matter should not be communicated in our report because 
the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably 
be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such 
communication.

REPORT ON THE REMUNERATION REPORT

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in 
pages 19 to 45 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 
30 June 2015. The Directors of the Company are 
responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with Section 300A of 
the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing 
Standards.

Opinion on the Remuneration Report

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Downer EDI
Limited for the year ended 30 June 2015, complies with 
Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

KPMG

Martin Sheppard

Malcolm Ramsay

Partner

Partner

Sydney

6 August 2015

Sydney

6 August 2015

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Annual Report 2015  51

 
 
 
Financial Statements

Page 53 
Page 54 
Page 55 
Page 56 

 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

A

B

C

D

E

F

About this  
report

Business 
performance

Operating assets 
and liabilities

Employee 
benefits 

Capital structure  
and financing

Group 
structure

G

Other 

Page 57-58

Page 59-67

Page 68-77

Page 78

Page 79-86

Page 87-95

Page 96-107

D1
Employee benefits 

E1
Borrowings

F1
Joint arrangements 
and associate 
entities

G1
New accounting 
standards

D2
Key management 
personnel 
compensation

E2
Financing facilities

F2
Acquisition of 
businesses 

G2
Capital and financial 
risk management

D3
Employee discount 
share plan

E3
Commitments

F3
Disposal of 
subsidiary

G3
Other financial 
assets and liabilities

E4
Issued capital

F4
Controlled entities

E5
Dividends

F5
Related party 
information

F6
Parent entity 
disclosures

B1
Segment 
information

C1
Reconciliation of 
cash flow from 
operating activities

B2
Revenue and other 
income

C2
Trade and other 
receivables

B3
Earnings per share

B4
Taxation

B5
Remuneration  
of auditors

B6
Subsequent events

C3
Rendering of 
services and 
construction 
contracts

C4
Inventories

C5
Trade and other 
payables

C6
Property, plant  
and equipment

C7
Intangible assets

C8
Provisions

C9
Contingent 
liabilities

Page 108  Directors’ Declaration 

52  Downer EDI Limited

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Revenue from ordinary activities
Other income
Total revenue and other income

Employee benefits expense
Raw materials and consumables used
Subcontractor costs
Plant and equipment costs
Other expenses from ordinary activities 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Share of net profit of joint ventures and associates

Note

B2
B2

D1

C6,C7

2015
$’m 

7,014.9 
5.0 
7,019.9 

(2,605.3)
(1,282.7)
(1,562.3)
(641.1)
(380.4)
(253.1)
14.7 
(6,710.2)

2014
$’m

 7,365.3 
 6.3 
 7,371.6 

(2,629.3)
(1,277.0)
(1,631.8)
(845.4)
(394.0)
(266.4)
13.4 
(7,030.5)

Earnings before interest and tax

 309.7 

 341.1 

Finance income
Finance costs
Net finance costs

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
– Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations
– Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity
– Net loss on cross currency interest rate swaps taken to equity
– Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

B4(a)

 6.4 
(36.3)
(29.9)

 279.8 
(69.6)
210.2

(11.7)
 2.2
(0.3)
(0.5)
(10.3)

 6.7 
(49.7)
(43.0)

 298.1 
(82.1)
216.0

17.1
 (4.5) 
(0.5)
 1.6 
 13.7 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 199.9 

 229.7 

Earnings per share (cents)
– Basic earnings per share
– Diluted earnings per share

B3
B3

 46.6 
 44.9 

 48.3 
 46.0 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes on pages 57 to 107.

Annual Report 2015  53

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 30 June 2015

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Inventories
Current tax assets
Prepayments and other assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Interest in joint ventures and associates
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Other financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Prepayments and other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Employee benefits provision
Provisions 
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Employee benefits provision
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

EQUITY
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Note

C2
G3
C4

F1(a)
C6
C7
G3
B4(b)

C5
E1
G3
D1
C8

E1
G3
D1
C8
B4(b)

E4

30 June
2015
$’m 

30 June
2014
$’m 

 372.2 
 1,123.4 
 11.5 
 352.6 
 20.3 
 41.9 
 1,921.9 

 15.9 
 83.3 
 1,037.1 
 919.0 
 19.6 
 0.7 
 6.9 
 2,082.5 
 4,004.4 

 1,066.5 
 62.2 
 15.9 
 228.1 
 50.1 
 0.7 
 1,423.5 

 9.7 
 476.4 
 2.2 
 29.5 
 13.9 
 13.9 
 545.6
 1,969.1
 2,035.3

 1,449.1 
(15.8)
 602.0
 2,035.3

431.8
 1,193.4
 11.6 
 384.7 
 – 
 39.4 
 2,060.9

 16.0 
 40.1 
 1,146.9 
 589.5 
 6.7 
 0.7 
 7.6 
 1,807.5 
 3,868.4 

 1,063.9 
 137.7 
 47.6 
 244.3 
 59.7 
 10.0 
 1,563.2 

 5.7 
 285.5 
 3.4 
 19.7 
 17.0 
 11.9 
 343.2 
 1,906.4 
 1,962.0 

 1,457.9 
(2.5)
 506.6 
 1,962.0 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

54  Downer EDI Limited

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2015

2015
$’m

Balance at 1 July 2014
Profit after income tax
Other comprehensive income for the year  
(net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year
Group on-market share buy-back
Vested executive incentive shares 
transactions
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based  
transactions during the year 
Payment of dividends(i)
Balance at 30 June 2015

Issued 
capital

1,457.9
–

–
–
(11.7)

2.9
–

–
–
1,449.1

Foreign 
currency
 translation 
reserve

Hedge 
reserve

Employee
 benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

(1.7)
–

1.4
1.4
–

–
–

–
–
(0.3)

(16.1)
–

(11.7)
(11.7)
–

–
–

–
–
(27.8)

15.3
–

–
–
–

(2.9)
1.5

(1.6)
–
12.3

506.6
210.2

–
210.2
–

–
–

–
(114.8)
602.0

(i)  Payment of dividends relates to 2014 final dividend, 2015 interim dividend and ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

2014
$’m

Balance at 1 July 2013
Profit after income tax 
Other comprehensive income for the year  
(net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year
Contributions of equity(i)
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based  
transactions during the year
Payment of dividends(ii)
Balance at 30 June 2014

Issued 
capital

1,449.0
–

–
–
8.9
–

–
–
1,457.9

Foreign
 currency
 translation
 reserve

Hedge
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

1.7
–

(3.4)
(3.4)
–
–

–
–
(1.7)

(33.2)
–

17.1
17.1
–
–

–
–
(16.1)

14.0
–

–
–
–
1.2

0.1 
–
15.3

395.1
216.0

–
216.0
–
–

–
(104.5)
506.6

Total

1,962.0
210.2

(10.3)
199.9
(11.7)

–
1.5

(1.6)
(114.8)
2,035.3

Total

1,826.6
216.0

13.7
229.7
8.9
1.2

0.1
(104.5)
1,962.0

(i)  Contributions of equity relate to shares issued as a result of Dividend Re-Investment Plan.
(ii)   Payment of dividends relates to 2013 final dividend, 2014 interim dividend and ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

Annual Report 2015  55

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Distributions from equity-accounted investees
Dividends received from external entities
Payments to suppliers and employees
Manufacture Delay Account interest received
Interest received
Interest and other costs of finance paid
Income tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Payments for investments 
Advances to joint ventures
Repayments from other entities
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Payments for businesses acquired
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Group on-market share buy-back
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayments of borrowings
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

2015
 $’m 

2014
 $’m 

F1(a)

C1

7,916.4
8.0
–

(7,363.7)

–
6.7
(31.9)
(49.0)
486.5

79.3
(177.6)
(30.2)
(50.1)
(3.0)
–
1.9 
(318.5)
(498.2)

(11.7)
1,247.0 
(1,167.3)
(114.8)
(46.8)

(58.5)
431.8 
(1.1)
372.2 

8,446.5
26.3
0.4
(7,890.9)
86.1
6.2
(49.5)
(41.7)
583.4

129.9
(379.5)
(13.0)
(0.4)
(15.1)
0.6
1.5
(2.8)
(278.8)

–
1,091.4 
(1,352.3)
(95.6)
(356.5)

(51.9)
479.9 
3.8 
431.8 

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

56  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2015

A

About this report

Statement of compliance
These financial statements represent the consolidated results 
of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated 
financial statements are general purpose financial statements 
which have been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations 
Act 2001. The consolidated financial statements comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by 
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 6 August 2015.

Rounding of amounts
Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC Class 
Order 98/100, dated 10 July 1998, relating to the “rounding off” 
of amounts in the Director’s Report and consolidated financial 
statements. Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have 
been rounded off to the nearest whole number of millions 
of dollars and one place of decimals representing hundreds 
of thousands of dollars in accordance with that Class Order. 
Amounts shown as $– represent amounts less than $50,000 
which have been rounded down.

Basis of preparation
The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost 
basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments. 
Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in 
exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian 
dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies and methods of computation in the 
preparation of the Financial Report are consistent with those 
adopted and disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the 
financial year ended 30 June 2014, except in relation to the 
relevant amendments and their effects on the current period 
or prior periods as described in Note G1.

Accounting estimates and judgements
Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to 
make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future 
events. Information on material estimates and judgements 
considered when applying the accounting policies can be found 
in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and judgements

Note

Page

Revenue recognition

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Income taxes

Capitalisation of tender/bid costs

Impairment of assets

Provisions

Annual leave and long service leave

Accounting for acquisition of businesses

B2

B4

B4

C2

C7

C8

D1

F2

63

66

66

69

73

75

78

92

Significant accounting policies
Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that 
ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the 
concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the 
substance of the underlying transactions or other events is 
reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained 
in the notes to the consolidated financial statements to which 
they relate to.

(i)  Principles of consolidation
The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements 
of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its 
subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with 
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results 
of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company 
obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases 
to control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances, 
transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the 
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Annual Report 2015  57

A. About this report – continued

(ii)  Foreign currency
Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date 
using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount

Applicable exchange rate

Transactions

Date of transaction

Monetary assets and liability

Reporting date

Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value

Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for qualifying 
cash flow hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of 
foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the 
following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount

Applicable exchange rate

Income and expenses

Average exchange rate

Assets and liabilities

Equity

Reserves

Reporting date

Historical date

Reporting date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are 
initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve 
and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal 
of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, cost to 
establish financing facilities (which are expensed over the term 
of the facility), losses on ineffective hedging instruments that are 
recognised in profit or loss and finance lease charges.

(iv) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value less 
impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value 
are recognised directly in the available-for-sale revaluation 
reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to 
be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognised in the available-for-sale revaluation reserve is 
included in the profit or loss for the year.

58  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during 
the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information 

B2. Revenue and other income

B3. Earnings per share 

B1. Segment information 

B4. Taxation

B5. Remuneration of auditors 

B6. Subsequent events

Identification of reportable segments
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages 
in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur 
expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively 
allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the 
internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO 
in assessing performance and in determining the allocation 
of resources. The operating segments are identified by the 
Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete 
financial information about each of these operating businesses 
is reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of 
operating segments determined by the similarity of the services 
provided, and outlines the sources of the Group’s major risks that 

could therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return. 
Downer has determined that reportable segments are best 
represented as service lines.

During the period, Downer changed its reportable segments 
along the six service lines of Transport Services; Technology 
and Communications Services; Utilities Services; Engineering, 
Construction and Maintenance; Mining; and Rail.

The new structure was created to strengthen the Group’s focus 
on customers, better align Downer to its end markets, maximise 
future opportunities and reduce costs. It will also provide greater 
clarity on each of Downer’s service offerings and align the 
business more closely with economic and market intelligence 
that is typically undertaken on a sectoral basis.

For the financial year ended 30 June 2015, the Group has 
presented the segment information under the operational 
based (historical reportable segment) and service line 
based (new reportable segment) structure.

The operating segments identified within the Group are outlined below:

Operational based Service line based 

Segment description

Transport Services

Technology and 
Communications Services 
(Tech&Comms Services)

Utilities Services

Engineering, Construction 
and Maintenance (EC&M)

Downer 
Infrastructure 
Australia (DI-AU) 
and New Zealand 
(DI-NZ)

Mining

Mining

Construction, development, management and maintenance of infrastructure 
for road, rail, light rail, bus, port and airport assets for public and private sector 
customers in Australia and New Zealand.

End-to-end critical infrastructure management solutions for customers in the 
technology and communications industries in Australia and New Zealand.

Complete asset lifecycle services to customers in the power, gas, water and 
renewable energy industries in Australia and New Zealand.

Plant construction and maintenance service including electrical and 
instrumentation (E&I), structural, mechanical and piping (SMP); balance of 
plant services on greenfield and brownfield projects of all sizes and structures; 
and consulting services to minerals and metals customers (through Mineral 
Technologies and QCC Resources). 

Provision of contract mining services to resource owners, including open-cut 
and underground operations, whole-of-lifecycle mine planning, explosives, tyre 
management, operational and exploration drilling and blasting. 

Rail

Rail

Supply, maintenance, component overhaul and provision of after-market parts to 
the Australian freight and passenger rail sectors.

Annual Report 2015  59

B1. Segment information – continued

Operational based

2015
$’m

Revenue
Inter-segment sales
Total segment revenue

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures and associates(i)
Total revenue including joint ventures and other income(i)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associates
Research and development incentives
Depreciation and amortisation
Total reported segment results (EBIT)

Net finance costs
Total profit before tax

Acquisition of segment assets
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Carrying value of equity accounted investees

DI-AU

DI-NZ

Mining

3,669.4
–
3,669.4

84.8
3,754.2

2.0
5.3
47.4 
144.4

1,202.0
–
1,202.0

6.2
1,208.2

0.4
–
24.2
59.3

1,532.4
–
1,532.4

57.3
1,589.7

3.5
4.0
155.8
132.6

Un- 
allocated

10.6
(6.1)
4.5

–
4.5

–
15.1
15.4
(54.1)

Rail

611.6
–
611.6

261.9
873.5

8.8
0.7
10.3
27.5

Total

7,026.0
(6.1)
7,019.9

410.2
7,430.1

14.7
25.1
253.1
309.7

(29.9)
279.8

378.3
1,725.4
729.8
10.9 

25.9
477.7
188.4
3.8 

117.2
960.1
353.3
8.9 

60.9
589.7
154.0
59.7 

25.2
251.5
543.6
–

607.5
4,004.4
1,969.1
83.3

Service line based

2015
$’m

Revenue
Inter-segment sales
Total segment revenue

Share of sales revenue from joint 
ventures and associates(i)
Total revenue including joint 
ventures and other income(i)

Share of net profit of joint ventures  
and associates
Research and development incentives
Depreciation and amortisation
Total reported segment results 
(EBIT)

Net finance costs
Total profit before tax

Acquisition of segment assets
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Carrying value of equity  
accounted investees

Transport
Services

Tech&
Comms
Services

Utilities
Services

EC&M

Mining

Rail

Un- 
allocated

Total

1,953.5
–
1,953.5

495.5
–
495.5 

583.5
–
583.5

1,858.9
–
1,858.9

1,532.4 
–
1,532.4 

611.6 
–
611.6

14.3
(29.8)
(15.5)

7,049.7
(29.8)
7,019.9

60.6

–

–

30.4

57.3

261.9

–

410.2

2,014.1

495.5

583.5

1,889.3

1,589.7

873.5

(15.5)

7,430.1

0.6
2.5
43.3

–
1.1
4.6

–
1.2
9.5

1.8
0.5
14.0

3.5
4.0
155.8

96.2

25.7

34.0

51.5

132.6

8.8
0.7
10.3

27.5

–
15.1
15.6

14.7
25.1
253.1

(57.8)

309.7

(29.9)
279.8

46.5 
986.0 
343.5 

4.6
165.6
58.8

292.2
442.2
163.3

52.7
597.3
347.2

117.2
960.1
353.3

60.9
589.7
154.0

33.4
263.5
549.0

607.5
4,004.4
1,969.1

4.0

–

–

10.7

8.9

59.7

–

83.3

(i)   This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

60  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015B1. Segment information – continued

Operational based

2014
$’m

Revenue
Inter-segment sales
Total segment revenue 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures and associates(i)
Total revenue including joint ventures and other income(i)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associates
Research and development incentives
Depreciation and amortisation
Total reported segment results (EBIT)

Net finance costs
Total profit before tax

Acquisition of segment assets 
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Carrying value of equity accounted investees

DI-AU

DI-NZ

Mining 

Rail

Un-
allocated

3,556.3
–
3,556.3

49.4
3,605.7

0.9
–
38.6
127.9

1,129.0
–
1,129.0

7.3
1,136.3

0.4
–
23.1
63.2

1,924.0 
–
1,924.0

58.9
1,982.9

3.6
–
 188.2 
171.4

755.5 
–
755.5

247.4
1,002.9

8.5
–
8.0 
22.1

13.3 
(6.5)
6.8

–
6.8

–
11.7
8.5
(43.5)

51.9
1,354.9
635.8
9.0

25.5
449.4
188.6
4.1

294.0
1,069.5
403.1
9.0

17.1
694.6
229.4
18.0

4.6
300.0
449.5
–

Total

7,378.1 
(6.5)
7,371.6

363.0
7,734.6

13.4
11.7
266.4
341.1

(43.0)
298.1

393.1
3,868.4
1,906.4
40.1

(i)   This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates. 

Annual Report 2015  61

 
 
B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of operational based segment net operating profit to net profit after tax:

Segment net operating profit

Unallocated:
Settlement of contractual claims
Research and development incentives
Corporate costs
Total unallocated 

Earnings before interest and tax

Net finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after income tax

By geographic location(ii)
Australia
New Zealand and Pacific
Asia
Africa
South America
Other
Total

Note 

Segment results 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

363.8

384.6

–
15.1
(69.2)
(54.1)

309.7

(29.9)
279.8
(69.6)
210.2

6.4
11.7
(61.6)
(43.5)

341.1

(43.0)
298.1
(82.1)
216.0

B4(a)

Total revenue(i) 

Segment assets

Acquisition of  
segment assets

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

5,691.0
1,270.5
2.9
34.7
15.5
5.3
7,019.9

6,156.9
1,148.6
12.4
27.0
20.0
6.7
7,371.6

3,450.7
507.6
8.3
17.9
15.2
4.7
4,004.4

3,374.0
448.9
10.3
12.0
17.5
5.7
3,868.4

573.6
32.8
– 
0.5
0.5
0.1
607.5

363.2
25.8
0.1
1.2
2.7
0.1
393.1

(i)   Total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external customers for similar goods.
(ii)   Revenue and assets are allocated based on geographical location of the legal entity.

62  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20152015
$’m

2014
$’m

These services are provided either under a fixed price service 
contract or a time and materials contract. Time and materials 
contract revenue is recognised at the contractual rates as labour 
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred.

B2.  Revenue and other income

Sales revenue 
Rendering of services
Mining services
Construction contracts
Sale of goods
Other revenue
Total revenue from ordinary 
activities
Other income

4,469.6
1,479.4
789.4
232.7
43.8

7,014.9
5.0

4,150.3
1,887.7
1,038.5
261.5
27.3

7,365.3
6.3

7,371.6

Total revenue and other income

7,019.9

Share of sales revenue from joint 
ventures and associates(i)
Total revenue including joint 
ventures and associates and 
other income(i) 

410.2

363.0

7,430.1

7,734.6

(i)   This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from  

equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Recognition and measurement
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable. Revenue is recognised if it meets the 
criteria below.

(i)  Rendering of services
The Group primarily generates service revenue from the 
following activities:
 – Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure;
 – Utilities infrastructure maintenance services 

(gas, power, water);

 – Maintenance of infrastructure in the 

telecommunications sector;
 – Industrial plant maintenance;
 – Contract mining services, tyre management and blasting;
 – Rolling stock maintenance and rail asset 

management services;

 – Engineering and consultancy services; and
 – Facilities management.

Other short-term service contracts are recognised when the 
services are completed in accordance with the terms of the 
contract. Service contracts that have a long-term duration 
are recognised in proportion to the stage of completion at 
balance sheet date.

(ii)  Construction contracts
Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated 
for the construction of an asset or combination of assets 
(including rail and infrastructure assets). Revenue is recognised 
in proportion to the stage of completion of the contract at 
balance sheet date.

(iii)  Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer.

(iv)  Other revenue
Other revenue primarily includes rental income and government 
grants relating to research and development incentives received 
by the Group. The Group elects to present the net amount in 
“Other revenue” as allowed under AASB120 Accounting for 
Government grants and disclosure of Government assistance.

Key estimate and judgement: 
Revenue recognition
Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate 
of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total 
estimated costs. Where variations and claims are made 
to the contract, assumptions are made regarding the 
probability that the customer will approve the variations 
and claims and the amount of revenue that will arise. 
Changes in these estimation methods could have a 
material impact on the financial statements of Downer.

Annual Report 2015  63

 
B3. Earnings per share

B4. Taxation

Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit 
attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding. 

a) Reconciliation of income tax expense
The prima facie income tax expense on profit before income 
tax reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial 
statements as follows:

Profit before income tax
Tax using the Company’s 
statutory tax rate
Effect of tax rates in foreign 
jurisdictions
Non-deductible expenses
Profits and franked distributions 
from joint ventures and associates
Non-taxable government grant
Other items
(Over)/under provision of income 
tax in previous year
Total income tax expense
Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense

2015
$’m

279.8

83.9

(1.2)
2.3 

(6.9)
(7.5)
0.1 

(1.1)
69.6
59.2
10.4

2014
$’m

298.1

89.4

(1.9)
0.6

(5.8)
(3.5)
0.9

2.4
82.1
68.4
13.7

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax 
rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable 
profits under Australian tax law.  There has been no change in the 
corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

Profit attributable to members of 
the parent entity ($’m)
Adjustment to reflect ROADS 
dividends paid ($’m)

Profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity used in 
calculating EPS ($’m)

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares (WANOS) on 
issue (m’s)(i)

2015

2014

210.2

216.0

(10.7)

(9.0)

199.5

207.0

428.1

428.6

Basic earnings per share (cents 
per share)

46.6

48.3

Diluted earnings per share
The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on 
the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the 
weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

Profit attributable to members  
of the parent entity ($’m)

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares – diluted 

Weighted average number of  
ordinary shares (WANOS) on 
issue (m’s)(i)(ii)
WANOS adjustment to reflect  
potential dilution for ROADS 
(m’s)(iii)

WANOS used in the calculation 
of diluted EPS (m’s)

Diluted earnings per share 
(cents per share)

2015

2014

210.2

216.0

428.2

428.6

39.8

40.5

468.0

469.1

44.9

46.0

(i)   The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect  

of on-market share buy-back and the unvested executive incentive shares.
(ii)   For diluted earnings per share, the WANOS has been further adjusted by  

the potential vesting of executive incentive shares.  

(iii)   The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially  

be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated  
based on the issued value of ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to 
Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which  
was $177.2 million (2014: $185.9 million), divided by the average market price 
of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 
discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms, which was  
$4.45 (2014: $4.59). 

64  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015B4. Taxation – continued

b) Movement in Deferred tax balances

Charged
 to compre-
hensive
 income 
and 
equity

Net foreign
 currency
exchange
differences

Net 
balance 
at 1 July

Charged 
to income
 statement 

Tax
 losses
 utilised 

Acquisition
 and 
disposal

Net
 balance 
at 
30 June

Deferred
 tax 
assets

Deferred
 tax
 liabilities

(94.5)
(1.9)

(5.3)

(5.7)

(7.6)

15.6
79.0
9.3
(0.1)

5.1
(0.8)

2.5

(6.7)

2.2

9.8
(11.0)
(10.9)
(0.6)

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
(2.1)

0.8
(0.3)

–

0.3

–

–
(0.2)
–
(0.3)

(11.2)

(10.4)

(2.1)

0.3

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

3.3
–

–

0.1

(15.0)

0.1
5.6
16.1
–

(85.3)
(3.0)

(2.8)

(12.0)

(20.4)

25.5
73.4
14.5
(3.1)

–
–

–

–

–

25.5
73.4
14.5
–

(85.3)
(3.0)

(2.8)

(12.0)

(20.4)

–
–
–
(3.1)

10.2

(13.2)

113.4

(126.6)

–

(112.7)

112.7

(13.2)

0.7

(13.9)

Charged
 to compre-
hensive
 income 
and 
equity

Net foreign
 currency 
exchange 
differences

Net 
balance 
at 1 July

Charged 
to income
 statement 

Tax
 losses
 utilised 1

Acquisition
 and 
disposal

Net
 balance 
at 
30 June

Deferred
 tax 
assets

Deferred
 tax
 liabilities

(113.3)
2.3

(10.8)

(15.7)
(3.2)
7.1

33.8
84.8
23.6
(5.3)

19.9
(4.6)

5.5

10.1
(4.4)
(4.7)

(18.2)
(6.5)
(14.3)
3.5

3.3

(13.7)

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
1.7

1.7

(1.0)
–

–

(0.1)
–
–

–
0.7
0.1
–

–
–

–

–
–
(2.4)

–
–
–
–

(0.1)
0.4

(94.5)
(1.9)

–

–
–
–

–
–
(0.1)
–

(5.3)

(5.7)
(7.6)
–

15.6
79.0
9.3
(0.1)

–
–

–

–
–
–

15.6
79.0
9.3
–

(94.5)
(1.9)

(5.3)

(5.7)
(7.6)
–

–
–
–
(0.1)

(0.3)

(2.4)

0.2

(11.2)

103.9

(115.1)

2015
$’m

Trade and other 
receivables
Inventories
Joint ventures and 
associates
Property, plant and 
equipment

Intangible assets
Trade and other 
payables
Employee benefits
Provisions
Other
Tax assets/
(liabilities)  
before set-off
Set off of DTA 
against DTL
Net tax assets/ 
(liabilities)

2014
$’m

Trade and other 
receivables
Inventories
Joint ventures and 
associates 
Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Income tax losses
Trade and other 
payables
Employee benefits
Provisions
Other
Tax assets/ 
(liabilities)  
before set-off
Set off of DTA 
against DTL
Net tax assets/
(liabilities)

1   This includes other transfers from deferred tax balances to current tax payable.

–

(103.2)

103.2

(11.2)

0.7

(11.9)

Annual Report 2015  65

B4. Taxation – continued

Recognition and measurement
Current tax 
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of 
income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable 
profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated using tax rates 
and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the reporting date. 

Deferred tax 
Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences 
arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets 
and liabilities and the corresponding tax base. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets, to the 
extent that it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will 
be available to utilise them.

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not 
recognised for: 
 – taxable temporary differences that arise from the initial 

recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not 
a business combination which affects neither taxable income 
nor accounting profit;

 – taxable temporary differences related to investments in 

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures to the extent that 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences and it is probable that they will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 – taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates 
and tax laws that are expected to apply the year when the 
asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax 
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date. 

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are 
recognised directly in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Company/Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation
Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled 
entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian 
taxation law. Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the 
tax-consolidated group. Entities within the tax-consolidated 
group have entered into a tax funding arrangement and a tax 
sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of 
the tax funding arrangement, Downer EDI Limited and each 
of the entities in the tax-consolidated group have agreed to 
pay (or receive) a tax equivalent payment to (or from) the 
head entity, based on the current tax liability or current tax 
asset of the entity.

Key estimate and judgement:  
Recovery of deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are only recognised for deductible 
temporary differences to the extent it is probable that 
sufficient future taxable profits will be available to utilise 
them. Judgement is required to determine the amount of 
deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon 
the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits.

Key estimate and judgement:   
Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is 
required in determining the worldwide provision for income 
taxes and in assessing whether deferred tax balances are 
recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes 
in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact 
the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax 
balances recognised.

66  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015B5. Remuneration of auditors

B6. Subsequent events

At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance 
other than the placement of the USD notes (refer to Note E2), 
that have arisen since the end of the financial year, that have 
significantly affected, or may significantly affect:
a)  The Group’s operations in future financial years;
b)  The results of those operations in future financial years; or
c)  The Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Audit or review of financial 
reports:
Auditor of the Group
– Australia
– Overseas

Non-audit services:
Tax services
Audit related services
Sustainability assurance
Due diligence and other non-audit 
services

2015
$ 

2014
$ 

2,596,000
490,000
3,086,000

2,966,420
584,580
3,551,000

733,510
–
106,000

448,305
52,500
103,000

315,742
1,155,252

 410,880
1,014,685

The auditor of the Group is KPMG (2014: Deloitte Touche 
Tohmatsu).

Annual Report 2015  67

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus 
on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers 
expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1.   Reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities

C6.   Property, plant and equipment

C2.  Trade and other receivables

C7.  Intangible assets

C3.   Rendering of services and construction contracts 

C8. Provisions

C4. Inventories

C5.   Trade and other payables 

C9.   Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year
Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributions
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets
Amortisation of deferred costs
Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
Research and development incentives
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)
Decrease in income tax payable
Movement in deferred tax balances
Share-based employee benefits expense
Other

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:
(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables
Current inventories
Other current assets
Non-current trade and other receivables
Other non-current assets
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables
Current provisions
Non-current trade and other payables
Non-current provisions

Net cash generated by operating activities

68  Downer EDI Limited

Note

C6,C7

D1

2015
$’m 

210.2

(6.7)
253.1
2.7
(5.0)
(25.1)
1.5
10.1
10.4
1.5
1.9
244.4

121.3
40.2
(1.6)
(0.2)
0.7

(61.6)
(62.3)
4.6
(9.2)
31.9
486.5

2014
$’m 

216.0

12.9
266.4
2.4
(4.8)
(11.7)
(1.4)
24.3
16.1
1.2
1.3
306.7

341.8 
(32.5)
6.2 
(14.9)
(4.5)

(203.8)
(23.9)
(1.1)
(6.6)
60.7
583.4

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015C2. Trade and other receivables

Note

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Current
Trade receivables
Allowance for 
doubtful debts 

Amounts due from 
customers under contracts 
and rendering of services

C3

Other receivables 

Ageing profile of trade 
receivables
Neither past due nor 
impaired
Past due but not impaired
Impaired

491.4

574.9

(4.4)
487.0

(4.6)
570.3

591.1

45.3
1,123.4

402.5
84.5
4.4
491.4

557.4

65.7
1,193.4

454.6
115.7
4.6
574.9

Recognition and measurement
Trade receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised 
at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment. 
Trade receivables are normally due for settlement no more than 
30 days from the date of recognition. 

Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, their 
carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment of trade receivables
The Group has considered the collectability and recoverability 
of trade receivables. An allowance for doubtful debts has been 
made for the estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts 
arising from the past rendering of services, determined by 
reference to past default experience.

Capitalisation of tender/bid costs 
When it is probable that a contract will be awarded, the 
expenditure incurred in relation to tender/bid costs is capitalised. 
Capitalised costs are amortised over the term of the contract. 
Where a tender/bid is subsequently unsuccessful, the previously 
capitalised costs are immediately expensed. Tender/bid costs 
that have been expensed cannot be recapitalised in the 
subsequent financial year.

Key estimate and judgement: 
Capitalisation of tender/bid costs
Judgement is exercised in determining whether it is 
probable that the contract will be awarded. An error in 
judgement may result in capitalised tender/bid costs being 
recognised as an expense in the following financial year.

Annual Report 2015  69

C3. Rendering of services and 
construction contracts

C4. Inventories

Note

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Current
Raw materials 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 
Components and spare parts 

2015
$’m 

246.7
0.9
73.7
31.3
352.6

2014
$’m 

253.8
2.5
95.3
33.1
384.7

10,987.1

13,355.3

(10,548.0)
439.1

(12,953.9)
401.4

Recognition and measurement
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price 
less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution.

C5. Trade and other payables

Note

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Current
Trade payables
Amounts due to customers 
under contracts and 
rendering of services
Accruals
Other 

C3

369.8

348.1

152.0
458.1
86.6
1,066.5

156.0
481.1
78.7
1,063.9

Recognition and measurement
Trade and other payables
Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised when 
the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting 
from the purchase of goods and services.

Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their 
carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Cumulative contracts 
in progress as at reporting 
date:

Cumulative costs 
incurred plus recognised 
profits less recognised 
losses to date

Less: progress billings
Net amount 

Recognised and included 
in the financial statements 
as amounts due:

From customers under 
contracts 
To customers under 
contracts
Net amount 

C2

C5

591.1

557.4

(152.0)
439.1

(156.0)
401.4

Recognition and measurement
Services and construction contracts are reported in trade 
receivables and trade payables, as gross amounts due 
from/to customers. 

If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus contract 
net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds the progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an 
asset and included in amounts due from customers for 
contract work. If the net amount after deduction of progress 
payments received is negative, the difference is recognised 
as a liability and included in amounts due to customers 
for contract work.

70  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
C6. Property, plant and equipment

2015  
$’m

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2014
Additions
Disposals at net book value
Acquisition of businesses
Depreciation expense 
Reclassifications at net book value
Reclassified as intangible assets(i)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2015
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

2014

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2013
Additions
Disposals at net book value
Acquisition of business
Disposals of business at net book value
Depreciation expense
Reclassifications at net book value 
Reclassified as intangible assets(i)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2014
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Freehold 
Land and
 Buildings

Plant and
 Equipment

Equipment
 under 
Finance 
Lease

53.0
13.5
(2.4)
0.2
(5.5)
0.7
–
(0.4)
59.1
80.9
(21.8)

55.4
0.2
(0.3)
–
–
(2.1)
(0.7)
–
0.5
53.0
70.6
(17.6)

1,010.4
163.1
(72.2)
18.7
(213.9)
(1.1)
(3.0)
(6.9)
895.1
2,060.9
(1,165.8)

956.3
366.9
(80.3)
0.9
(1.0)
(232.0)
0.7
(10.4)
9.3
1,010.4
2,120.7
(1,110.3)

83.5
8.2
(0.7)
0.4
(9.2)
0.4
–
0.3
82.9
138.3
(55.4)

139.1
8.9
(44.5)
–
–
(19.5)
–
–
(0.5)
83.5
131.5
(48.0)

Total

1,146.9
184.8
(75.3)
19.3
(228.6)

–
(3.0)
(7.0)

1,037.1
2,280.1
(1,243.0)

1,150.8
376.0
(125.1)
0.9
(1.0)
(253.6)
–
(10.4)
9.3
1,146.9
2,322.8
(1,175.9)

(i)   Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital Work in Progress to Intangible Assets.

Recognition and measurement
The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment. 

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below: 

Item

Freehold land 

Buildings 

Leasehold improvements 

Useful life

n/a

20-30 years

Life of lease

Plant and equipment – mining 

Based on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other

Equipment under finance lease

3-25 years 

5-15 years

Depreciation method

No depreciation

Straight-line 

Straight-line 

Straight-line 

Straight-line – lease term

Annual Report 2015  71

C7. Intangible assets

2015 
$’m

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2014
Purchases
Acquisition of business
Reclassifications at net book value (i)
Amortisation expense
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2015
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

2014

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2013
Purchases
Acquisition of business
Disposals of business at net book value
Reclassifications at net book value(i)
Amortisation expense
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2014
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Customer
 contracts
and 
relationships

Intellectual
 property,
software
and system
development

Goodwill

521.6
–
261.9
–
–
(1.8)
781.7
857.7
(76.0)

514.8
–
3.2
–
–
–
3.6
521.6
597.6
(76.0)

–
–
50.1
–
(6.6)
–
43.5
50.1
(6.6)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

67.9
32.2
9.2
3.0
(17.9)
(0.6)
93.8
200.4
(106.6)

57.0
13.0
–
(0.2)
10.4
(12.8)
0.5
67.9
158.5
(90.6)

Total

589.5
32.2
321.2
3.0
(24.5)
(2.4)
919.0
1,108.2
(189.2)

571.8
13.0
3.2
(0.2)
10.4
(12.8)
4.1
589.5
756.1
(166.6)

(i)   Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital Work in Progress to Intangible Assets.

Recognition and measurement
Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at 
cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment 
losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business 
combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. 

Customer contracts and relationships
Customer contracts and relationships acquired in a business 
combination are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and any accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development
Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual 
property (purchased patents, trademarks and licences) and 
software are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any 
impairment losses. Internally developed systems are  
capitalised once the project is assessed to be feasible. 

The costs capitalised include consulting, licensing and direct 
labour costs. Costs incurred in determining project feasibility are 
expensed as incurred. 

Amortisation
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the useful lives of intangible assets. 
The estimated useful lives are generally:

Item

Customer contracts and relationships

Software and system development

Other intangible assets (other than 
indefinite useful life intangible assets)

Useful life

5–10 years

5–10 years

20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed 
at the end of each annual reporting period.

72  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015C7. Intangible assets – continued

Impairment of assets 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 
impaired. Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped 
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable 
cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or 
CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment 
at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units
Goodwill has been allocated, for impairment testing purposes, 
to CGUs that are significant individually or in aggregate, taking 
into consideration the nature of service, resource allocation, how 
operations are monitored and where independent cash inflows 
are identifiable. Six independent CGUs (by service line) have 
been identified across the Group against which impairment 
testing has been undertaken. Goodwill has been allocated 
to these CGUs as follows:

Transport Services
Technology and  
Communications Services
Utilities Services
EC&M 
Mining 
Rail

Carrying value of 
consolidated goodwill

2015
$’m 

212.5

45.1
226.8
151.4
76.4
69.5
781.7 

2014
$’m 

205.1

45.8
11.3
113.5
76.4
69.5
521.6 

Key estimate and judgement: 
Impairment of assets
Determination of potential impairment requires an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to 
which the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite 
useful lives are allocated. The Group uses the “value 
in use” method to determine the recoverable amount. 
Key assumptions requiring judgement include projected 
cash flows, growth rate estimates, discount rates, working 
capital and capital expenditure.

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions
The table below shows the key assumptions utilised in the “value 
in use” calculations.

 Budgeted 
EBITDA(i) 

Long-term
Growth rate 

Discount
rate

4.1%

2.5%

10.9%

5.2%
16.3%
2.3%
1.0%
11.3%

2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%

10.9%
10.9%
10.9%
11.5%
11.0%

Transport Services
Technology and 
Communications 
Services
Utilities Services
EC&M 
Mining 
Rail

(i)   Budgeted EBITDA used for impairment testing is expressed as the compound 

annual growth rates from FY16 to FY18 based on the business plans.

(i) Projected cash flows
The Group determines the recoverable amount based on a “value 
in use” calculation, using three years cash flow projections based 
on the 2015/16 (FY16) budget for the year ending 30 June 2016 
and the business plan for the subsequent financial years ending 
30 June 2017 (FY17) and 30 June 2018 (FY18) as discussed with 
the Board. For FY19 onwards, the Group assumes a long-term 
growth rate to allow for organic growth on the existing asset base. 

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted 
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation 
(EBITDA) less tax, capital maintenance spending and working 
capital changes, adjusted to exclude any uncommitted 
restructuring costs and future benefits to provide a “free cash 
flow” estimate. This calculated “free cash flow” is then discounted 
to its present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash 
flows have not been adjusted.

Budgeted EBITDA has been based on past experience and the 
Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting 
the industry within which the Downer businesses operate:
 – Transport Services, Technology and Communications 

Services, Utilities Services, EC&M are expected to benefit 
from the development of strategic partnerships and an 
expected increase in activity in the oil and gas, transport 
infrastructure, utilities and telecommunications sectors. 
It will also benefit from recent restructuring and business 
improvement initiatives.

 – Mining’s revenue and EBITDA include assumptions that take 
into account the cyclical nature of the resources industry.

 – Rail is expected to benefit from its completed business 

restructure and from growth in its maintenance, component 
and overhauls and after-market parts sales activities. In 
addition, strategic partnerships and investments are expected 
to continue to contribute to revenue and EBITDA growth.

Annual Report 2015  73

C7. Intangible assets – continued

(ii) Long-term growth rate
The future annual growth rates for FY18 onwards to 
perpetuity are based on the historical nominal GDP rates 
for the country of operation.

(iii) Discount rates
Post-tax discount rates of between 10.9% and 11.5% reflect 
the  Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks 
specific to each CGU.  In determining the appropriate 
discount rate for each CGU, consideration has been given to 
the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for 
the Group adjusted for country and business risks specific 
to that CGU, including benchmarking against relevant peer 
group companies. The post-tax discount rate is applied to 
post-tax cash flows that include an allowance for tax based 
on the respective jurisdiction’s tax rate. This method is used 
to approximate the requirement of the accounting standards 
to apply a pre-tax discount rate to pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure 
The cash flows for capital expenditure are based on past 
experience and the amounts included in the terminal year 
calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing plant 
and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The 
resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual 
depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital 
Working capital has been maintained to support the underlying 
business plus allowances for growth. It has been assumed to 
be in line with historic trends given the level of utilisation and 
operating activity.

Sensitivities
Other than as disclosed below, the Group believes that for 
all other CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key 
assumptions would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs 
to exceed their recoverable amount.

For the Mining CGU, the Group has considered the current 
macro-economic challenges facing the resources sector. 
A number of scenarios, including further contract losses, 
pricing and volume reductions have been analysed. Based on 
the modelling and analysis performed, the recoverable amount 
is expected to be greater than the carrying value. 

For the Rail CGU, the recoverable amount currently exceeds its 
carrying value. A reasonably possible change in the projected 
cash flows could result in the carrying value of the CGU 
exceeding its recoverable amount. Discussed below is the 
sensitivity analysis performed to determine what changes in the 
key assumptions used, if any, would lead to an impairment loss 
being recognised.

The valuation of the Rail CGU assumes increased efficiencies in 
its operations and improvement in financial performance of its 
maintenance business. The timing of the cash flows arising from 
these improvements may be affected by macro-economic risks 
including volatile commodity prices which may result in reduced 
capital expenditure in the Australian resources sector and 
insourcing by key customers for rolling stock maintenance. In the 
event that these risks cannot be mitigated and the terminal year 
forecast EBITDA is lower by 13% than planned, then the Rail CGU 
carrying value may exceed its recoverable amount.

74  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Warranties
and 
Contract
 claims

Decomm-
issioning

11.9
1.1
(1.9)
(0.6)
2.1
–
12.6
4.3
8.3

27.4
11.7
(6.7)
(25.7)
19.1
0.2
26.0
24.0
2.0

Other

Total 

37.4
34.3 
(9.2)
(39.6)
2.5
–
25.4
21.8
3.6

76.7
47.1
(17.8)
(65.9)
23.7
0.2
64.0
50.1
13.9

Key estimate and judgement: Provisions
(i)  Decommissioning and restoration
Judgement is required in determining the expected 
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at 
the reporting date, based on current legal requirements 
and technology. 

(ii)  Warranties and contract claims
The provision is estimated having regard to previous 
claims experience.

(iii)  Other provisions
The return condition provision is estimated based on 
the costs associated with returning leased assets to 
the lessor in certain condition. 

C8. Provisions

2015
$’m

At 1 July 2014
Additional provisions recognised
Unused provision reversed
Utilisation of provision
Acquisition of business
Net foreign currency exchange differences
At 30 June 2015
Current
Non-current

Recognition and measurement
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when:
 – the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
 – it is probable that resources will be expended to settle the 

obligation; and 

 – the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i)   Decommissioning and restoration
Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for 
close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs, 
including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, 
removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas. 

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes 
are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at 
the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability.

(ii)  Warranties and contract claims
Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for 
the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at 
balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and 
construction contracts.

(iii)  Other provisions
Other provisions primarily include return conditions for leased 
assets. The Group has leases that require the leased asset to be 
returned to the lessor in a certain condition.

Annual Report 2015  75

vi)   Ground subsidence at the Waratah Train Maintenance 

Facility, located on Manchester Road, Auburn (“AMF”) has 
been identified. The design and construction of the AMF 
formed part of the Waratah Train Project, with Reliance 
Rail contracting Downer to design and build the AMF. In 
turn, Downer subcontracted this work to John Holland 
Pty Ltd. The design and construction of the areas in 
which subsidence has been observed formed part of 
the subcontractor’s design and construct obligations. 
Investigations into the causes of the subsidence, the cost of 
remediation and operational impacts are ongoing. While it is 
too early to reliably estimate the total cost of the remediation, 
in the opinion of the Directors, there is no material exposure 
to either Downer EDI Rail Pty Limited or Downer EDI PPP 
Maintenance Pty Limited arising from the subsidence, 
based on the fact that there are a range of recovery 
options being pursued.

vii)   On 27 February 2014, the Group announced that the IMF 
(Australia) Ltd (IMF) funded shareholder class action had 
been settled (“First Class Action”). 
 Slater & Gordon has also advised that it reserves its position 
in relation to a second claim arising out of the second 
impairment to the Waratah Train Project announced on 
27 January 2011, although no basis for this position has 
been provided. 
On 27 March 2014, Downer was served with a second class 
action claim alleging breaches of Downer’s continuous 
disclosure obligations in connection with the Group’s 
$190 million impairment to the Waratah Train Project 
announced on 1 June 2010 i.e. based on the same events as 
the First Class Action (“Second Class Action”). 
 The Second Class Action has been commenced in the 
Victorian Supreme Court and the Directors are of the opinion 
that disclosure of any further information relating to this 
matter would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.
viii)  The Group is defending a claim brought by Port Waratah 
Coal Services Limited and a cross claim by another 
defendant, Menard Bachy Pty Ltd in respect of alleged 
non-conforming excavation and civil work performed at 
Kooragang Island Coal Terminal by Downer and its joint 
venture partner, Daracon Contractors Pty Ltd. The value of 
the claim against Downer and Daracon is $39 million. The 
Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further 
information relating to this matter would be prejudicial to the 
interests of the Group.

C9. Contingent liabilities

Bonding

The Group has bid bonds and 
performance bonds issued in 
respect of contract performance in 
the normal course of business for 
wholly-owned controlled entities

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

808.4

897.8

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to 
counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and 
financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related 
parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and 
indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities:
i) 

ii) 

 The Group is subject to design liability in relation to 
completed design and construction projects. The Directors 
are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover 
this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the 
financial statements.
 The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision 
is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification 
works based on known claims and previous claims history. 
However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot 
be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent 
liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately becomes 
payable in excess of current provisioning levels.
iii)   Controlled entities have entered into various joint 

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly 
and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant 
joint arrangements.

iv)   The Group carries the normal contractor’s and consultant’s 
liability in relation to services, supply and construction 
contracts (for example, liability relating to professional 
advice, design, completion, workmanship, and damage), as 
well as liability for personal injury/property damage during 
the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from 
claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against 
Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which 
the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing 
a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in 
relation to services, supply and construction contracts as 
well as in relation to personal injury and property damage 
claims arising from project delivery. 
 Several New Zealand entities in the Group have been 
named as co-defendants in seven “leaky building” claims. 
The leaky building claims where Group entities are co-
defendants generally relate to water damage arising from 
historical design and construction methodologies (and 
certification) for residential and other buildings in New 
Zealand during the early-mid 2000s. The Directors are of 
the opinion that disclosure of any further information relating 
to the leaky building claims would be prejudicial to the 
interests of the Group.

v) 

76  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
 
C9. Contingent liabilities – continued 

ix)   In 2013, a subsidiary of Downer, Snowden Mining Industry 

Consultants Inc (an entity incorporated in Canada) 
(‘Snowden’) was joined as a party to two class action 
claims issued out of the Ontario Superior Court, Canada. 
The quantum of the two claims were CAD $60 million and 
CAD $250 million respectively against all defendants, with 
no specific amount sought against Snowden alone.   
On 29 April 2015, Snowden entered into a Standstill 
Agreement with the claimants, which has the effect 
of immediately discontinuing the proceedings against 
Snowden but reserving the claimants’ rights to recommence 
the proceedings in the future.

x)   Proceedings have been commenced against the Group 
in relation to alleged under-payments of employees’ 
annual leave and other entitlements upon termination of 
employment. The dispute relates to calculation of leave 
entitlements and specifically the interpretation of the 
relevant Enterprise Bargaining Agreements and the Fair 
Work Act. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure 
of any further information relating to this matter would be 
prejudicial to the interests of the Group.   

xi)   Under the terms of the agreement reached between the 
New South Wales Government and Reliance Rail, the 
Group has a contingent commitment to pay Reliance Rail 
$12.5 million in 2018 should it be required to refinance 
Reliance Rail’s senior debt.

Annual Report 2015  77

Employee benefits expense:

– Defined contribution plans 
 – Share-based employee 

benefits expense
– Employee benefits
– Redundancy costs

Total

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

140.6 

135.7 

1.5 
2,441.6 
21.6 
2,605.3 

1.2 
 2,463.3 
 29.1 
 2,629.3 

D2. Key management personnel compensation

2015
$ 

2014
$ 

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments
Total

12,776,321
1,432,020
932,294
15,140,635

 12,118,350 
 1,302,590 
 602,885 
 14,023,825 

Recognition and measurement
Equity settled transactions 
Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant. The cost of the transactions is 
recognised in profit or loss and credited to equity. At each 
balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the 
number of rights that are expected to vest. The expense 
recognised each year takes into account the most 
recent estimate. 

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using 
an option pricing model and takes into account any market 
related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions 
are not considered when determining fair value, rather are 
included in assumptions about the number of rights that are 
expected to vest. 

Cash settled transactions
The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled 
share-based payments is recognised as an expense with a 
corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the payment. 
The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at 
settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes 
in the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D3. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan 
during the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014.

D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various 
programs Downer uses to reward and recognise 
employees and key executives, including Key 
Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that 
these programs reinforce the value of ownership and 
incentives and drive performance both individually and 
collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1.  Employee benefits

D2.  Key management personnel compensation

D3.  Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

Employee benefits provision:

Current
Non-Current

Total

2015
$’m 

 228.1 
 29.5 
 257.6 

2014
$’m 

244.3
19.7
264.0

Recognition and measurement
The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and 
salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in 
respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting 
period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected 
to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, 
such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation 
and payroll tax. 

Key estimate and judgement: Annual leave 
and long service leave 
Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present 
value of estimated future payments for the services 
provided by employees up to the end of the reporting 
period. This calculation requires judgement in determining 
the following key assumptions:
 – Future increase in wages and salary rates; 
 – Future on-cost rates; and 
 – Expected settlement dates based on staff 

turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate 
bond rates which most closely match the terms to 
maturity of the entitlement. 

78  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risk, how they affect 
the Group’s financial position and performance, and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure 
of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions 
(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure 
and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in 
opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1.  Borrowings

E2.  Financing facilities

E3.  Commitments

E1. Borrowings

Current
Secured:
– Finance lease liabilities
– Hire purchase liabilities
– Supplier finance

Unsecured: 
– Bank loans
– AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
– AUD medium term notes (2010-1)
– USD notes
– Deferred finance charges

Total current borrowings

E4.  Issued capital

E5.  Dividends

Note

E3(c)
E3(d)

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

22.5 
6.0 
– 
28.5 

16.6 
13.3 
6.3 
– 
(2.5)
33.7 
62.2

14.0 
1.7 
7.5 
23.2 

16.6 
13.3 
12.6 
74.4 
(2.4)
114.5 
137.7 

Annual Report 2015  79

E1. Borrowings – continued

Non-current
Secured: 
– Finance lease liabilities 
– Hire purchase liabilities 

Unsecured: 
– Bank loans 
– USD notes
– AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
– AUD medium term notes (2010-1)
– AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
– AUD medium term notes (2015-1)
– Deferred finance charges

Total non-current borrowings
Total borrowings

Note

E3(c)
E3(d)

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

18.3
1.1
19.4

28.3
9.1
26.6
–
150.0
250.0
(7.0)
457.0
476.4
538.6

40.5
2.0
42.5

44.8
7.4
39.9
6.3
150.0
–
(5.4)
243.0
285.5
423.2

Recognition and measurement
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction 
costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method.

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Total borrowings  
(excluding finance lease and hire 
purchase liabilities)
Fair value of total borrowings 
(excluding finance lease and hire 
purchase liabilities)

490.7

365.0

544.8

384.2

Fair value
Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments 
are used for long-term debt instruments held or based on 
discounting expected future cash flows at market rates.

80  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015E2. Financing facilities

Financing facilities
At 30 June 2015, the Group had the following facilities that were 
not utilised at balance date: 

Syndicated bank loan facility
Bilateral bank loan facilities
Total unutilised bank 
loan facilities

Bilateral bank and insurance 
company bonding facilities
Total unutilised bonding 
facilities

Note 

2015
$’m 

400.0 
210.0 

2014
$’m 

400.0
217.0

610.0 

617.0

C9

524.9 

384.2

524.9 

384.2

Bank loans 
Syndicated loan facility
The syndicated loan facility, totalling $400.0 million, is unsecured 
and has a maturity date of April 2019. The facility is subject to 
certain Group guarantees.

Bilateral bank loans and overdrafts
These facilities are unsecured, are subject to certain Group 
guarantees and excluding those supported by guarantees from 
Export Credit Agencies, are due for renewal in multiple tranches 
between calendar years 2015 and 2017. Included in bank loans 
are amounts of $44.9 million in aggregate, which are supported 
by Export Credit Agency guarantees and which amortise 
through even semi-annual instalments and with final maturity 
dates of May 2017, October 2017 and July 2019.

USD notes
USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a 
total amount of US$7.0 million. The notes mature in September 
2019. The USD principal and interest have been fully hedged 
against the Australian dollar. The notes are subject to certain 
Group guarantees.

AUD Medium Term Notes (MTNs)
The Group has the following MTNs on issue: 

 – Series 2009-1 amortises through even semi-annual 

instalments, until the final maturity date of April 2018 
and has a balance of $39.9 million; 

 – Series 2010-1 amortises through even semi-annual 

instalments until the final maturity date of September 2015 
and has a balance of $6.3 million; 

 – Series 2013-1 for an amount of $150.0 million, which 
has a bullet maturity date of November 2018; and 
 – Series 2015-1 for an amount of $250.0 million which 

has a bullet maturity date of March 2022. 

The MTNs are subject to certain Group guarantees.

Finance lease facilities
The Group funds certain of its equipment under finance leases 
which amortise over periods of up to three years. The Group’s 
obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title 
to the leased assets.

Hire purchase and lease facilities
Hire purchase facilities are secured by the specific 
assets financed. 

Covenants on financing facilities
Certain of the Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings 
including an obligation to comply at all times with financial 
covenants. This requires the Group to operate within certain 
financial ratios as well as ensuring that subsidiaries that 
contribute certain minimum threshold amounts of Group 
EBIT and Group Total Tangible Assets are guarantors under 
various facilities.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject 
to are Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage (calculated as 
rolling 12 month EBIT to Net Interest Expense) and Leverage 
(calculated as Net Debt to Total Capitalisation).

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and reported to the 
Board on a monthly basis. Reporting of financial covenants to 
financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12 month periods 
to 30 June and 31 December. The Group was in compliance with 
all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2015.

Annual Report 2015  81

Credit ratings
The Group currently has an Investment Grade credit rating of 
BBB (Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating 
is reduced or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers 
may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore, 
banks and other lending institutions may demand more stringent 
terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower 
facility limits) on debt and bonding facilities to reflect the higher 
credit risk profile.

Subsequent event
USD notes
On 8 July 2015, the Group completed a placement of unsecured 
private placement notes of US$100.0 million and A$30.0 million. 
The notes mature in July 2025. The USD tranche has been fully 
hedged against the Australian dollar. The notes are subject to 
certain Group guarantees.

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Bonding
The Group has $1,333.3 million of bank guarantee and insurance 
bond facilities to support its contracting activities. $534.2 million 
of these facilities are provided to the Group on a committed 
basis and $799.1 million on an uncommitted basis. 

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of different  
banks and insurance companies on an unsecured basis and  
are subject to certain Group guarantees. $808.4 million (refer to 
Note C9) of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2015 with  
$524.9 million unutilised. $38.6 million of the current committed 
facilities relates to a non-revolving syndicated bonding facility 
referable to the Waratah Train Project which matures in March 
2016 and is fully utilised. Excluding this syndicated facility, the 
Group’s other facilities have varying maturity dates between 
calendar years 2015 and 2017. 

The risk being assumed by the relevant financier under all bonds 
is Downer corporate credit risk, rather than project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed 
facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral bank 
loan facilities) which can, at the request of the Group, be utilised 
for bonding purposes.

Refinancing requirements
Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group will seek to 
negotiate with existing and new financiers to extend the maturity 
date of those facilities. The Group’s financial metrics, credit 
rating, state of the economy, conditions in financial markets and 
other factors may influence the outcome of those negotiations.

82  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015E3. Commitments

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment
Within one year

b) Operating lease commitments 
Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises with lease terms of one to 20 year(s). 

Within one year
Between one and five year(s)
Greater than five years

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of  
between one to seven year(s). 

Within one year
Between one and five year(s)
Greater than five years

c) Finance lease commitments
Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of one to five year(s). 

Within one year
Between one and five year(s)
Minimum finance lease payments
Future finance charges
Finance lease liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 

d) Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year
Between one and five year(s)
Minimum hire purchase payments
Future finance charges
Hire purchase liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings

Note

E1
E1

E1
E1

2015
$’m 

24.9 
24.9 

50.7
144.1
157.4
352.2

66.2 
83.9 
7.7 
157.8 

24.4 
19.2 
43.6 
(2.8)
40.8 

22.5 
18.3 
40.8 

6.1 
1.2 
7.3 
(0.2)
7.1 

6.0 
1.1 
7.1 

2014
$’m 

 17.6 
17.6 

42.1
128.4
149.9
320.4

75.1 
104.5 
4.8 
184.4 

16.8 
43.2 
60.0 
(5.5)
54.5 

14.0 
40.5 
54.5 

1.9 
2.2 
4.1 
(0.4)
3.7 

1.7 
2.0 
3.7 

Annual Report 2015  83

 
E3. Commitments – continued

Operating lease expenses relating 
to land and building
Operating lease expenses relating 
to plant and equipment(i)
Total operating lease expenses

2015
 $’m 

68.3 

123.3 
191.6 

2014
$’m 

73.6

167.7
241.3

(i)  Operating lease expenses do not include expenses relating to maintenance, 

insurance and taxes of $18.0 million (2014: $17.9 million).

Recognition and measurement
Leases 
When the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership to the Group, the lease is classified as a 
finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

(i)  Operating leases
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except 
where another systematic basis is more representative of 
the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased 
assets are consumed.

(ii)  Finance leases 
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at 
an amount equal to the lower of their fair value or the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequently the assets 
are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the 
estimated useful life or the lease term.

Finance lease payments are apportioned between the finance 
expense and the reduction of outstanding liability. The finance 
expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as 
to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance 
of the liability. 

E4. Issued capital

Ordinary shares
432,683,214 ordinary shares (2014: 435,399,975)
Unvested executive incentive shares
5,295,993 ordinary shares (2014: 6,038,698)
200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable 
Distributing Securities (ROADS) (2014: 200,000,000)

Fully paid ordinary share capital
Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

1,296.7

1,308.4

(26.2)

(29.1)

178.6
1,449.1

178.6
1,457.9

Fully paid ordinary share capital
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Issue of shares through Dividend Reinvestment Plan election
Group on-market share buy-back
Balance at the end of the financial year

Unvested executive incentive shares
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Vested executive incentive shares transactions(i)
Balance at the end of the financial year

(i)  742,705 vested executive incentive shares (2014: nil) with a value of $2,920,601 (2014: nil)

2015

m’s 

$’m 

2014

m’s 

435.4 
– 
(2.7)
432.7 

6.0 
(0.7)
5.3 

1,308.4 
– 
(11.7)
1,296.7 

(29.1)
2.9 
(26.2)

433.4
2.0
–
435.4

6.0
–
6.0

$’m 

1,299.5
8.9
–
1,308.4

(29.1)
– 
(29.1)

84  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015E4. Issued capital – continued

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under the 
Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the 
performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have 
been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the 
market for employee equity plans.

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing  
Securities (ROADS)

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year

2015

m’s 

200.0 

$’m 

178.6 

2014

m’s 

200.0 

$’m 

178.6 

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares, 
the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2015 is 7.21% per annum (2014: 7.95% per annum)  which is equivalent to the 
one year swap rate on 15 June 2015 plus the Step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights
During the financial year, 2,184,741 performance rights (2014: 1,589,143) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior 
executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained 
in the Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement
Ordinary Shares
Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares
When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the 
vested shares is transferred from issued capital to the employee benefits reserve. 

Annual Report 2015  85

E5. Dividends

a) Ordinary shares

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)
Franking percentage
Cost (in $’m)
Payment date
Dividend record date

2015
Final 

2015 
Interim 

2014 
Final 

2014 
Interim 

12.0
100%
51.9
17/09/2015
20/08/2015

12.0 
100%
51.9 
19/03/2015
19/02/2015

12.0 
100%
 52.2 
17/09/2014
19/08/2014

11.0 
70%
 47.8 
20/03/2014
18/02/2014

Recognition and measurement
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, 
before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.
The final 2015 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the financial statements. 

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2015

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)
New Zealand imputation credit percentage
Cost (in A$’m)
Payment date

1.28 
100%
2.6 
15/09/2014

1.37 
100%
2.7 
15/12/2014

1.40 
100%
2.8 
16/03/2015

1.27 
100%
2.6 
15/06/2015

2014

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)
New Zealand imputation credit percentage
Cost (in A$’m)
Payment date

1.09 
100%
 2.2 
16/09/2013

1.13 
100%
 2.2 
16/12/2013

1.15 
100%
 2.3 
17/03/2014

1.14 
100%
 2.3 
16/06/2014

Total

5.32 
100%
10.7 

Total

4.51 
100%
 9.0 

c) Franking credits
The franking account balance as at 30 June 2015 is nil (2014: $3.9 million).

86  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s group structure, including joint arrangements that the Group has 
interest in, its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on 
business acquisitions and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, 
the extent of related party transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1.  Joint arrangements and associate entities

F4.  Controlled entities

F2.  Acquisition of businesses

F3.  Disposal of subsidiary

F5.  Related party information

F6.  Parent entity disclosures

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

a)  Interest in joint ventures and associates

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year

– Share of net profit 
– Share of distributions
– Additional interest in joint ventures
– Disposal of interest in joint ventures
– Foreign currency exchange differences

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year 

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year

– Share of net profit 
– Share of distributions
– Additional interest in associates 

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year 
Interest in joint ventures and associates

2015
$’m 

13.6 
7.8 
(8.0)
0.1 
  –  
(0.2)
13.3 

26.5 
6.9 
  –  
36.6 
70.0 
83.3 

2014
$’m 

23.1 
6.0 
(15.6)
1.7 
(2.0)
0.4 
13.6 

29.8 
7.4 
(10.7)
  –  
26.5 
40.1 

Annual Report 2015  87

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

a)  Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued
The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangement

Principal activity

Country of 
operation

Ownership interest

2015
% 

2014
% 

Joint ventures
Allied Asphalt Limited
Bitumen Importers Australia  
Joint Venture
Bitumen Importers Australia Pty Ltd
EDI Rail-Bombardier  
Transportation Pty Ltd
Emulco Limited
Green Vision Recycling Limited
Isaac Asphalt Limited 
RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty Ltd 
Stockton Alliance Limited(i)

Associates
MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd(ii)

Keolis Downer Pty Ltd

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd(iii)

Asphalt plant
Construction of bitumen storage facility

New Zealand
Australia

Bitumen importer
Sale and maintenance of railway  
rolling stock
Emulsion plant
Recycling
Manufacture and supply of asphalt
Contract mining; civil works and plant hire
Mine operations

Australia
Australia

New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
New Zealand

Refurbishment, construction and  
maintenance of boilers
Operation and maintenance of Gold Coast 
light rail, Melbourne tram network and bus 
operation
Rail manufacturing and maintenance

Australia

Australia

Australia

50 
50 

50 
50 

50 
33 
50 
44 
 – 

27 

49 

49 

50 
50 

50 
50 

50 
33 
50 
44 
50 

27 

49 

49 

(i)   50% interest was disposed on 31 March 2015 following completion of contract.
(ii)   Formerly Clyde Babcock-Hitachi (Australia) Pty Ltd. 
(iii)   Downer previously wrote down its investment in Reliance Rail Pty Ltd to nil. The New South Wales Government has the right in February 2018 to acquire Downer’s ownership 

of Reliance Rail Pty Ltd for nil consideration. As a consequence, Downer does not include Reliance Rail Pty Ltd in its equity accounted disclosure.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates.
Joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting date of 30 June.

Recognition and measurement
Equity accounting 
(i) 
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. 

Investments in joint ventures

(ii)  Investments in associates
Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using 
equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the 
associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation 
Joint operations
Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising 
the share of those assets and liabilities.

88  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations
The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operation

Principal activity

BPL Downer Joint Venture
CDJV Construction Pty Ltd

Clough Downer Joint Venture
CMC and Downer Joint Venture
Dampier Highway Joint Venture
Downer-Carey Mining JV

Downer Clough Joint Venture
Downer CSS Joint Venture(i)
Downer Daracon Joint Venture
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & Leighton 
Contractors Pty Ltd
Downer Electrical GHD JV(i)
Downer HEB Joint Venture

DownerMouchel(ii)
DownerMouchel Services Pty Ltd

John Holland EDI Joint Venture 
John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities 
Australia Pty Ltd Partnership
Karlayura ReGen Joint Venture
Landloch ReGen Joint Venture

LD&C Joint Venture

Leighton Works Joint Venture
Macdow Downer Joint Venture
Organic Water Joint Venture

Synergy Joint Venture 
Thiess Downer EDI Works
Total Spaces Joint Venture
Wiri Train Depot Joint Venture
York Civil Pty Ltd and Downer EDI 
Engineering Pty Ltd Joint Venture

Building construction
Employment of labour force deployed  
in Clough Downer
Gas compression facilities and pipelines
Road construction
Highway construction and design
Management of run of mine and ore  
rehandling services
Ammonium nitrate production
Telecommunications
Construction
Design and construction of rail works

Country of 
operation

Singapore
Australia

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

Australia
Thailand
Australia
Australia

Australia
New Zealand

Traffic control infrastructure
Design and build of the New Zealand  
National War Memorial Park 
Road maintenance
Employment of labour force deployed in 
DownerMouchel in New South Wales
Research reactor
Australia
Operation of water recycling plant at Mackay Australia

Australia
Australia

Road construction
Rehabilitation works, earthworks and plant 
monitoring and maintenance
Design and construction of pipes and 
structures
Road construction
Road construction
Design, construction and operation of water 
recycling plant
Road and pavement construction
Construction of coast to coast railway
Roading, landscaping and earthworks
Construction of the Wiri train depot
Construction of water pump station

Australia
Australia

Australia

New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia

Australia
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia

Ownership interest

2015
% 

2014
% 

50 
50 

50 
50 
50 
46 

50 
60 
50 
50 

90 
50 

60 
50 

40 
50 

50
(iii)

50 
50 

50 
50 
50 
 – 

50 
60 
50 
50 

90 
50 

60 
50 

40 
 – 

–
–

37.5

37.5

50 
50 
50 

33 
25 
50 
50 
50 

50 
50 
 – 

33 
25 
50 
50 
50 

(i)  Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of these joint ventures.
(ii)  The joint arrangement specifies 50% interest, except where an Integrated Service Arrangement (ISA) obligation is in place, whereby Downer EDI Limited has a 60% interest.
(iii)  Joint control is effected through unanimous vote by joint venture partners to direct the joint arrangement’s relevant activities however the Group’s interest may vary based 

on discrete phases of works performed.

Annual Report 2015  89

F2. Acquisition of businesses 

2015
Tenix
On 31 October 2014, the Group acquired 100% of Tenix Holdings Australia Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries (Tenix) for $300 million 
on a cash and debt free basis. Adjusting for acquired cash, net working capital and other minor adjustments, the gross purchase 
consideration was $333 million. The principal activity of Tenix is to provide design, construction, fabrication and installation, operation 
and maintenance services in the water, power and gas industries. Tenix is a leader in the electricity, gas and water sectors in Australia 
and New Zealand and the acquisition of Tenix is a strategic growth initiative for the Group.

a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The following table summarises the recognised amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets – software
Intangible assets – customer contracts and relationships
Net tax assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Borrowings
Total identifiable net assets acquired 

Note

F2(c)

F2(b)

Fair values
$’m

29.3 
80.3 
8.7 
1.1 
16.1 
8.8 
50.1 
9.3 
(81.4)
(42.3)
(0.4)
 79.6 

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset acquired

Valuation technique

Trade and other receivables

Cost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and equipment

Market comparison technique and cost technique: the valuation model considers quoted market 
prices for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost when appropriate.

Intangible assets

Multi-period excess earnings method: considered the present value of net cash flows expected 
to be generated by the customer contracts and relationships, excluding any cash flows related 
to contributory assets.

Trade and other payables

Cost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

The initial accounting and tax values for the acquisition of Tenix has been provisionally determined as at 30 June 2015. The tax values 
do not include any estimated tax liability on the acquisition of future deductible liabilities in accordance with announced but unenacted 
tax consolidation law changes.

90  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

2015 – continued
Tenix – continued
b) Goodwill
Goodwill arising from Tenix’s acquisition has been recognised as follows:

Gross purchase consideration 
Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired
Goodwill arising from acquisition

Note

$’m

F2(a)

 333.0 
(79.6)
 253.4 

The goodwill represents revenue growth opportunities, the skills and technical talent of Tenix’s workforce and expected synergies to be 
achieved from integrating the company into the Group’s existing business. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill 
because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None of the goodwill arising on the acquisition is 
expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

c) Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Gross purchase consideration 
Less: Cash balances acquired

Acquisition related costs
Outflow of cash – investing activities

Note

$’m

F2(a)

 333.0 
(29.3)
 303.7 
 5.2 
 308.9 

d) Impact of Tenix’s acquisition on the result of the Group
In the eight months to 30 June 2015, Tenix contributed revenue of $387.4 million and EBIT of $23.2 million (excluding customer related 
intangibles and synergies) to the Group’s results. Acquisition related costs of $5.2 million are included in other expenses in the Group 
consolidated statement of profit or loss.

VEC
On 31 October 2014, the Group acquired 100% of VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd and VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd (collectively known 
as “VEC”) for $11.5 million. The principal activity of VEC is to design and construct concrete structures. VEC is a leader in its field and 
provides a new capability for the Group. The acquisition of VEC complements the Group’s existing Tasmanian business and enhances 
the Group’s integrated service capability.

Total cash outflow for this acquisition was $9.4 million, which comprises a consideration of $11.5 million, net of $1.4 million cash balances 
acquired and $0.7 million deferred consideration. At the date of acquisition, the net asset value of VEC was $3.0 million, resulting in 
a $8.5 million goodwill being recognised. The goodwill represents expected revenue growth, technical talent and skills of VEC work 
force and benefit of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill because they do not meet the 
recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None of the goodwill arising on this acquisition is expected to be deductible 
for tax purposes.

Annual Report 2015  91

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

F3. Disposal of subsidiary

2015
The Group did not dispose any businesses during the financial 
year ended 30 June 2015.

2014
On 4 February 2014, the Group sold the Spiire NZ business 
to Brown Consulting (the civil and urban infrastructure 
services business of Calibre Group Limited) for its net 
tangible asset value of NZ$2.2 million comprising cash and 
deferred consideration.

2014
On 1 July 2013, the Group acquired the business of Scarriff 
Pipelines and business assets of Scarriff Construction 
(collectively known as “Scarriff”) for $4.0 million to  provide 
a broader market offering of the Group’s water maintenance 
services. The principal activity of Scarriff is to maintain pipelines.

Total consideration for this acquisition was $4.0 million, which 
includes a deferred consideration of $1.2 million. At the date 
of the acquisition the net asset value of Scarriff was $0.8 
million, resulting in a $3.2 million goodwill being recognised. 
The goodwill represents the benefit of expected synergies; the 
expected revenue growth; the future market development and 
the assembled workforce of Scarriff. These benefits are not 
recognised separately from goodwill because they do not meet 
the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None 
of the goodwill arising on this acquisition is expected to be 
deductible for tax purposes.

Recognition and measurement
Business combinations
The Group accounts for business combinations using the 
acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.  
The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at 
fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred  
in profit or loss. 

Key estimate and judgement: Accounting 
for acquisition of businesses
Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires 
judgement and estimates in determining the fair value of 
acquired assets and liabilities. The relevant accounting 
standard allows the fair value of assets acquired to be 
refined for a window of a year after the acquisition date 
and judgement is required to ensure that the adjustments 
made reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. The 
adjustments made on fair value of assets are retrospective 
in nature and have an impact on goodwill recognised 
on acquisition. 

92  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015F4. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia
Advanced Separation Engineering Australia Pty Ltd(ii)
Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd
Downer Australia Pty Ltd 
Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Consulting Pty Ltd(v)
Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Construction (Australia) Pty Limited(v)
Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan
Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Mining-Blasting Services Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd 
Downer EDI Resources Holdings Pty Limited(v)
Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd 
Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited
Downer Group Finance International Pty Ltd(v)
Downer Group Finance Pty Limited 
Downer Holdings Pty Limited
Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd
Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities Networks Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities Projects Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd(iv)
Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd(iv)
EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd
EDICO Pty Ltd 
Emoleum Partnership
Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd 
Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd
Emoleum Services Pty Limited 
Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd 
Faxgroove Pty. Limited
Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd
Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.
Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd
Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd
Otraco International Pty Ltd
Otracom Pty Ltd
Primary Producers Improvers Pty. Ltd.
QCC Resources Pty Ltd
Quality Coal Consulting Pty Ltd(ii)

Australia (continued)
Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd 
REJV Services Pty Ltd 
Reussi Pty Ltd
Rimtec Pty Ltd
Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.
Roche Highwall Mining Pty Ltd(v)
Roche Services Pty Ltd
RPC Roads Pty Ltd
SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd
Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd
Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd 
Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd
VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd(iv)
VEC Plant and Equipment Pty Ltd(iv)

New Zealand and Pacific 
A F Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust
DGL Investments Limited
Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited 
Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited
Downer Construction PNG Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Limited(vi)
Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited
Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited
Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited
Downer New Zealand Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited(vii)
Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited(viii)
Downer Professional Services Limited 
Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited(iv) 
Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited(iv) 
Downer Utilities PNG Limited(iv) 
Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited 
Roche Mining (PNG) Limited(ii) 
Techtel Training & Development Limited(iii) 
TSE Wall Arlidge Limited(v) 
Underground Locators Limited 
Waste Solutions Limited  
Works Finance (NZ) Limited  

Africa
Downer EDI Mining - Ghana Ltd(iv)
MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.
Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited
Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd
Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited 
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd 
Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd 
MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd(i)

Annual Report 2015  93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F4. Controlled entities – continued

Asia
Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd
Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited 
Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd 
Downer EDI Engineering (M) Sdn Bhd(v)
Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd 
Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd 
Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer Pte Ltd
Downer Singapore Pte Ltd
Duffill Watts Pte Ltd 
Duffill Watts Vietnam Ltd(ii)
MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited
PT Duffill Watts Indonesia
PT Otraco Indonesia 
Roche Bros. (Hong Kong) Limited(ii)

Americas
DBS Chile SpA
Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para 
Processamento de Minerais LTD
Mineral Technologies, Inc.
Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda
Otraco Chile SA
Rimtec USA Inc.(v)
Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc.

United Kingdom
Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited
Sillars (TMWD) Limited
Sillars Holdings Limited
Sillars Road Construction Limited
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited 
Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited
Works Infrastructure Limited 

Indicates entities currently undergoing liquidation.

(i)  70% ownership interest.
(ii) 
(iii)  Ownership interest as at 30 June 2015 is 100% (2014: 90%).
(iv)  Indicates entities incorporated/acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2015.
(v) 
(vi)  Amalgamated into Downer New Zealand Limited.
(vii)  Entity previously known as Works Infrastructure Cortex Resources Joint Venture Limited.
(viii) Entity previously known as Works Infrastructure Harker Underground Construction Joint Venture Limited.

Indicates entities liquidated during the financial year ended 30 June 2015.

F5. Related party information

a) Transactions within the wholly-owned Group
Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to wholly-
owned subsidiaries are included within total assets and liabilities 
balances as disclosed in Note F6. Amounts contributed to the 
defined contribution plan are disclosed in Note D1.

Other transactions occurred during the financial year between 
the parent entity and wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as 
between entities in the wholly-owned Group are on normal  
arm’s length commercial terms.

b) Equity interests in related parties
Equity interests in subsidiaries
Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled 
entities are disclosed in Note F4.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and 
associate entities 
Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities 
are disclosed in Note F1.

c) Controlling entity
The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

94  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015F6. Parent entity disclosures

a) Financial position

Assets
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Retained earnings

Reserves
Employee benefits reserve
Total equity

b) Financial performance

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

Company

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

466.9 
890.0 
1,356.9 

32.8 
5.3 
38.1 
1,318.8 

1,270.5 
36.0 

12.3 
1,318.8 

484.3 
933.9 
1,418.2 

49.3 
1.8 
51.1 
1,367.1 

1,279.3 
72.5 

15.3 
1,367.1 

67.6 
67.6 

95.8 
95.8 

c)  Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries
The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during the 
financial year.

d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2015 (2014: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9 to the 
financial statements.

e)  Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity
The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2015 (2014: nil).

Annual Report 2015  95

G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards 
and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides 
information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure 
to changes in interest rate and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities 

G1. New accounting standards

a)  New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group
In the current year, the Group has applied a number of new and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2014.

The new and revised standards adopted by the Group for its annual reporting period beginning on 1 July 2014 are as follows:

Reference

Description

AASB 2014-1 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards (Part C – Materiality)

Further to AASB 2013-9 Part B (refer below), AASB 2014-1 Part C makes 
amendments to particular Australian Accounting Standards to delete references 
to AASB 1031 Materiality.

AASB 2013-9 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – Conceptual 
Framework, Materiality and Financial 
Instruments (December 2013) – Part B 
– Materiality

AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – Offsetting 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 
(Amendments to AASB 132)

Part B makes amendments to particular Australian Accounting Standards to 
delete references to AASB 1031 Materiality and minor editorial amendments to 
various standards.

Addresses inconsistencies in current practice when applying the offsetting criteria in 
AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation.

Clarifies the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and 
“simultaneous realisation and settlement”.

AASB 2013-4 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – Novation of 
Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge 
Accounting

Amends AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement to permit the 
continuation of hedge accounting in circumstances where a derivative, which has been 
designated as a hedging instrument, is novated from one counterparty to a central 
counterparty as a consequence of laws or regulations.

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 – 
Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non- 
Financial Assets

Narrow-scope amendments to AASB 136 Impairment of Assets addressing the 
disclosure of information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets if that amount 
is based on fair value less costs of disposal.

AASB 2015-2 
Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Disclosure Initiative: 
Amendments to AASB 101

Amends AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements to provide clarification regarding 
the disclosure requirements in AASB 101.

Includes narrow-focus amendments to address concerns about existing presentation 
and disclosure requirements and to ensure entities are able to use judgements when 
applying a Standard in determining what information to disclose in their financial 
statements.

96  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015G1. New accounting standards – continued

b)  New accounting standards and interpretations
The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are available for early 
adoption but have not been applied by the Group in this Financial Report. The Group has not yet determined the potential effect of 
these standards on the Group’s future Financial Report.

Reference

Description

Application of 
Standard

Application by 
Group

1 January 2018

1 July 2018

Introduces a new hedge accounting model to simplify hedge 
accounting requirements and more closely align hedge 
accounting with risk management activities. Includes additional 
scope for component general hedge accounting.

AASB 9 Financial Instruments is available for early adoption, with 
some conditions.

AASB 2013-9 
Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – 
Conceptual Framework, 
Materiality and Financial 
Instruments (December 
2013) – Part C – Financial 
Instruments

AASB 2015-3 
Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards 
arising from the Withdrawal 
of AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 2014-3 
Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – 
Accounting for Acquisitions 
of Interests in Joint 
Operations

AASB 2014-4 
Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – 
Clarification of Acceptable 
Methods of Depreciation 
and Amortisation

AASB 2014-9 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Equity Method 
in Separate Financial 
Statements

Completes the withdrawal of references to AASB 1031 in all 
Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations, allowing 
that Standard to effectively be withdrawn.

1 July 2015

1 July 2015

Amends AASB 11 Joint Arrangements to provide guidance on the 
accounting for acquisitions of interests in a joint operation where 
the operation constitutes a business.

1 January 2016

1 July 2016

Amends AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment and AASB 
138 Intangible Assets to provide additional guidance on how the 
depreciation or amortisation of property, plant and equipment and 
intangible assets should be calculated.

1 January 2016

1 July 2016

1 January 2016

1 July 2016

Amends AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, to allow an 
entity to account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures 
and associates in its separate financial statements: 
 – at cost,
 – in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments, or
 – using the equity method as described in AASB 128 
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.

The accounting policy option must be applied for each category 
of investment.

Annual Report 2015  97

G1. New accounting standards – continued

b)  New accounting standards and interpretations – continued

Reference

Description

AASB 2015-1 
Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards 
– Annual Improvements 
to Australian Accounting 
Standards 2012-2014 Cycle

Amends a number of pronouncements as a result of the IASB’s 
2012-2014 annual improvements cycle. Key amendments include:
 – AASB 5 – Change in methods of disposal;
 – AASB 7 – Servicing contracts and applicability of 
the amendments to AASB 7 to condensed interim 
financial statements;

Application of
Standard

Application
by Group

1 January 2016

1 July 2016

AASB 9 Financial 
Instruments  
(December 2014)

AASB 2010-7 
Amendments to AAS arising 
from AASB 9 (December 
2010)

AASB 2014-1 
Amendments to AAS Part E 
– Financial Instruments

AASB 2014-7 
Amendments to AAS arising 
from AASB 9 (December 
2014)

AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers1

AASB 2014-5 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from 
AASB15

 – AASB 119 – Discount rate: regional market issue; and
 – AASB 134 – Disclosure of information “elsewhere in the interim 

financial report”.

The new AASB 9 Financial Instruments contains changes to the 
definitions, classifications, measurements and presentation of 
financial instruments including a new expected credit loss model 
for calculating impairment.

Certain aspects of the standard may be early adopted but have 
not been as the changes therein are not expected to materially 
impact Downer, apart from some minor classification and 
disclosure changes in the financial statements as such.

1 January 2019

1 July 2019

1 January 2017

1 July 2017

AASB 15 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use 
in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers; 
and replaces AASB 111 Construction Contracts, AASB 118 Revenue, 
Interpretation 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, Interpretation 15 
Agreements for Construction of Real Estate, Interpretation 18 
Transfer of Assets from Customers and Interpretation 131 Revenue-
Barter Transactions involving Advertising Services.

The core principle is that an entity recognises revenue to depict 
the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

1 

The ISB has agreed to defer the mandatory application of IFRS 15 to years beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The AASB is yet to confirm this deferral.

98  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015G2. Capital and financial risk management

a) Capital risk management
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. 
The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the 
amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing 
new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard 
its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all 
its financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate 
returns to shareholders and maintain an appropriate capital 
structure to optimise its cost of capital and ensure ongoing 
access to funding.

c) Foreign currency risk management
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate 
fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within 
approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange 
contracts, options and cross currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s material unhedged foreign 
currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at 
the reporting date are as follows:

b) Financial risk management objectives
The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity 
and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign 
exchange, interest rate, commodity and counterparty credit risk.

US dollar (USD)
New Zealand dollar (NZD)
Euro (EUR)

Financial 
assets(i)

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Financial 
liabilities(i)
2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

25.2
0.2
0.8
26.2

30.1
0.8
0.7
31.6

21.0
0.1
0.7
21.8

22.9
0.3
0.9
24.1

The Group may enter into a variety of derivative financial 
instruments to manage its exposures including:
i) 

 Forward foreign exchange contracts (outright forwards 
and options) to hedge the exchange rate risk arising 
from cross-border trade flows, foreign income and debt 
service obligations;
 Cross currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest 
rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency 
denominated borrowings; and

ii) 

iii)   Interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates.

The Group does not enter into or trade financial 
instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for 
speculative purposes. 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the consolidated statement of financial position 
when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised 
amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No 
material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the 
statement of financial position.

(i)  The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in 

Australian dollar equivalent.

Annual Report 2015  99

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Foreign currency forward contracts
The following table summarises by currency, the Australian dollar (AUD) value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts 
outstanding as at reporting date:

Weighted average  
exchange rate

2015

2014

0.78540
0.79913
0.76593

0.9140
0.9320
0.9019

0.8039
0.7630
0.7678

0.8343
0.8722
0.9156

0.6736 
0.6640 
0.6416 

0.6594 
0.6785 
0.6726 

9.3219 
–

10.0354 
10.0748 

1.2531 
1.2525 
1.2279 

1.0815 
1.2569 

0.4915 
0.4894 
0.4859 

0.5156 

1.2292 
1.2339 
1.2491 

 –   
 –   

– 
– 
– 

– 

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2015
FC’m 

2014
FC’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

14.5 
8.6 
7.9 
31.0 

4.7 
0.5 
0.8 
6.0 

3.0 
1.7 
3.2 
7.9 

2.2 
– 
2.2 

0.7 
0.7 
0.1 
1.5 

0.4 
0.1 
0.5 

– 
– 
0.1 
0.1

 0.1 
0.1 

8.0 
8.0 
7.6 
23.6 

2.4 
0.9 
2.1 
5.4 

1.0 
0.2 
0.5 
1.7 

0.9 
1.0 
1.9 

0.7 
0.4 
3.0 
4.1 

 –   
 –   
 –   

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

18.4 
10.8 
10.4 
39.6 

5.9 
0.7 
1.0 
7.6 

4.5 
2.5 
5.0 
12.0 

0.2 
– 
0.2 

0.6 
0.6 
0.1 
1.3 

0.3 
0.1 
0.4 

0.1   
0.1 
0.3 
0.5

0.2 
0.2 

8.7 
8.8 
8.5 
26.0 

2.9 
1.0 
2.3 
6.2 

1.5 
0.3 
0.8 
2.6 

0.1 
0.1 
0.2 

0.6 
0.3 
2.4 
3.3 

 –   
 –   
 –   

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

0.6 
0.6 
0.2 
1.4 

(0.2)
– 
– 
(0.2)

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.4)

– 
– 
–

0.1 
0.1 
–  
0.2 

– 
– 
–

–   
– 
(0.1)
(0.1)

(0.1)
(0.1)

(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.7)

0.3 
0.1 
– 
0.4 

(0.1)
– 
– 
(0.1)

– 
– 
– 

0.1 
 -  
0.3 
0.4 

 –   
 –   
 –   

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

Outstanding  
contracts

Buy USD/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD/Sell USD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy EUR/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD/Sell ZAR
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months

Buy NZD/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD/Sell NZD
Less than 3 months
Later than 6 months

Buy GBP/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD/Sell GBP
Less than 3 months

100  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015 
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Under cross currency interest rate swaps, the Group has agreed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest 
amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk of 
adverse movements in foreign exchange rates and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at reporting date: 

Outstanding 
contracts

Buy USD/Sell AUD
Less than 1 year
1 to 5 year(s)
5 years or more

Weighted average 
interest rate (including 
credit margin)

2015
% 

2014
% 

Weighted average 
exchange rate

2015

2014

Contract value

Fair value

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

–
6.8
5.9

8.0
–
6.8

–
0.7220
0.7739

0.6787
–
0.7220

–
9.7
129.2
138.9

103.1
–
9.7
112.8

–
(0.3)
(0.8)
(1.1)

(28.9)
–
(1.8)
(30.7)

The above cross currency interest rate swap contracts are designated as effective cash flow hedges. 

US$100.0 million of the 2015 contract value amount relates to the USPP note transaction closed in July 2015. These swaps were 
entered in June 2015 at the same time the notes were priced and the mark-to-market is recorded in equity reserve.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group is mainly exposed to United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR) and New Zealand dollar (NZD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The 
percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. forward 
exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency 
denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in 
profit and equity.

USD impact

– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

EUR impact

– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

NZD impact

– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

Profit/(loss)(i)
2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

Equity(ii)

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

0.7
(0.5)

–
–

–
–

1.3
(0.9)

–
–

0.1
(0.1)

5.7
(4.2)

1.7
(1.7)

0.2
(0.1)

3.4
(2.5)

0.4
(0.4)

0.7
(0.5)

(i)  This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, foreign currency investments, receivables 

and payables at year end.

(ii)  This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Annual Report 2015  101

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. The risk is managed by maintaining an 
appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through interest rate swap contracts and the 
issue of fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure
Bank loans
AUD

AUD medium term notes

Series 2010-1

Cash and cash equivalents
Total cash flow exposure

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure
Bank loans 
AUD

USD notes(i) 
AUD medium term notes

Series 2009-1
Series 2013-1(ii)
Series 2015-1(ii)

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities
Total fair value exposure

Weighted average 
interest rate  
(including credit margin)

2015
%

2014
%

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

3.9

5.1
2.3

5.6
6.8

7.2
6.0
4.7
5.3

4.1

5.4
2.7

4.9
8.0

7.2
5.8
–
6.0

35.7

47.7

6.3
(372.2)
(330.2)

18.9
(431.8)
(365.2)

9.4
10.3

41.6
150.0
250.0
47.9
509.2

21.7
112.5

55.5
150.0
–
58.2
397.9

(i)  This excludes the USD notes closed on 8 July 2015 (refer Note E2 Subsequent event).
(ii)  Weighted average interest rate is shown on a yield-to-maturity basis.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD notes where the AUD rate under 
the cross currency swap is used.

Interest rate swap contracts
The Group uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under the interest rate swap contracts, the Group 
agrees to exchange the differences between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. 
The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following tables detail the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating for  
fixed swap contracts

AUD interest rate swaps
2 to 5 years

Weighted average 
interest rate 

Notional principal 
amount

Fair value

2015
% 

2014
% 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

5.2

5.1 

49.0

66.9 

(2.0)

(2.8)

The above interest rate swap contracts are designated as effective cash flow hedges. 

102  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management – continued
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming that 
the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period. 

The selected basis points increase or decrease represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates. A positive 
number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in profit and equity.

Sensitivities have been based on an increase in interest rates by 75 basis points (2014: 75 basis points) and a decrease by 75 basis 
points (2014: 75 basis points) across the yield curve. No sensitivities have been taken in respect of USD interest rate risk given it is fully 
offset by the underlying USD notes and the cross currency interest rate swaps.

Increase in rate +75bp (2014: +75 bp)
Profit/(loss)(i)
Equity(ii)

Decrease in rate –75bp (2014: –75 bp)
Profit/(loss)(i)
Equity(ii)

2015
$’m 

2014
$’m 

2.5
0.7

(2.5)
(0.7)

2.8
0.9

(2.8)
(0.9)

(i)  This is mainly attributable to the floating rate valuation component of its interest rate swaps and to interest rate changes on cash and cash equivalents.
(ii)  This is mainly on account of the change in the valuation of cross currency interest rate swaps held by the Group and designated as cash flow hedges arising from shifts in 

the interest rate curves of the relevant currency pairs.

e)  Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will 
default on its contractual obligations, resulting in a loss to 
the Group. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its 
counterparties are continuously monitored and transactions are 
spread among approved counterparties. 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread 
across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing 
credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade 
receivables counterparties. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit 
risk arising from trade and other receivables.

The preferred credit risk on derivative financial instruments is 
to counterparties that have minimum long-term credit ratings 
from Standard & Poor’s of no less than AA– (or equivalent from 
other rating agencies). Due to the general downward migration 
of the credit ratings of bank counterparties over recent years, 
the Group has exposure to banks below this rating threshold. 
Two bank counterparties are rated A+ and one is rated BBB+. 
Furthermore as a result of a global restructure, one counterparty 
is no longer rated by Standard & Poor’s. The transactions with 
the BBB+ and unrated counterparties were entered into more 
than five years ago when these entities had ratings of at least 
AA–. From a commercial perspective, Downer has no current 
credit exposure as at 30 June 2015 to either the BBB+ or unrated 
counterparties as the underlying derivatives are out-the-money.

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is 
managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are 
generally only made with counterparties that have a minimum 

AA– credit rating. On a specific approval basis, investments for 
limited amounts and short tenors are made on occasions with 
A rated counterparties.

Counterparty credit limits and the related credit acceptability of 
counterparties, are reviewed by the Board from time to time. The 
limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore 
mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty default. No 
material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-
performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial 
statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

f)  Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Group is unable 
to settle a financial transaction on the due date. The liquidity 
risk management is ultimately a Board’s responsibility, which has 
built an appropriate risk management framework for the Group’s 
funding and liquidity management requirements.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash 
reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, by continually 
monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and where possible by 
matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 
Included in Note E2 is a summary of committed unutilised bank 
loan facilities.

Annual Report 2015  103

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

f)  Liquidity risk management – continued
Liquidity risk tables
The following tables detail the Group’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table is based on the undiscounted cash flows 
of financial liabilities based on contractual maturities. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows.

$’m

2015
Financial liabilities
Trade payables

Bank loans 
USD notes 
AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
AUD medium term notes (2010-1)
AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
AUD medium term notes (2015-1)
Total borrowings including interest
Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities
Derivative instruments(i)
Cross currency interest rate swaps(ii)
— Receive leg(iii)
— Pay leg(iii)
Interest rate swaps
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total

2014
Financial liabilities
Trade payables

Supplier finance
Bank loans 
USD notes 
AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
AUD medium term notes (2010-1)
AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
Total borrowings including interest
Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities
Derivative instruments(i)
Cross currency interest rate swaps(ii)
— Receive leg
— Pay leg
Interest rate swaps
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total

Less than
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5 
years

More than 
5 years

369.8

18.0
0.6
14.8
6.5
8.6
11.3
59.8
30.5

126.6
(124.7)
1.3
–
463.3

348.1

7.7
18.8
77.4
15.6
13.5
8.6
141.6
18.7

(77.5)
107.2
1.5
–
539.6

–

14.4
0.6
14.3
–
8.6
11.3
49.2
10.1

(6.5)
8.3
0.8
0.8
62.7

–

–
18.2
0.5
15.1
6.5
8.6
48.9
25.1

(0.5)
0.7
1.0
(0.2)
75.0

–

7.0
0.6
13.8
–
8.6
11.3
41.3
10.0

(6.5)
8.3
0.3
0.1
53.5

–

–
14.6
0.5
14.5
–
8.6
38.2
10.1

(0.5)
0.7
0.5
–
49.0

–

5.8
0.6
–
–
154.3
11.3
172.0
0.3

(6.5)
8.3
–
–
174.1

–

–
7.1
0.5
13.9
–
8.6
30.1
10.0

(0.5)
0.7
0.2
–
40.5

–

2.8
9.4
–
–
–
11.3
23.5
–

(15.4)
17.6
–
–
25.7

–

–
5.8
0.5
–
–
154.3
160.6
0.2

(0.5)
0.7
–
–
161.0

–

–
–
–
–
–
272.5
272.5
–

(162.8)
171.1
–
–
280.8

–

–
2.8
7.7
–
–
–
10.5
–

(7.7)
10.0
–
–
12.8

Includes assets and liabilities.

(i) 
(ii)  Bond basis.
(iii)  Amount in less than 1 year includes the front end principal cash flows under the cross currency interest rate swaps (refer Note E2 subsequent event) where Downer  

receives AUD and pay USD.

104  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair 
value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting 
date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of 
derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are 
immediately recognised in profit or loss. 

Hedge accounting
When the Group designates certain derivatives to be part of 
a hedging relationship, and they meet the criteria for hedge 
accounting, the hedges are classified as either fair value or 
cash flow hedges. 

Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in 
the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment. 
For fair value hedges changes in the fair value of the derivative, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset 
or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately 
recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued 
when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with 
contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash 
flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to 
the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss in 
the same periods the hedged item is recognised in profit or 
loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in 
the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains 
and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form 
part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial 
asset or liability. 

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the 
cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or 
is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remain in equity 
until the forecast transaction occurs. 

Annual Report 2015  105

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2015
$’m

At amortised cost:

Deferred consideration receivable
Other financial assets
Advances from joint ventures and associates

At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge
Foreign currency forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss
Cross currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Available for sale

Total

2014
$’m

At amortised cost:

Deferred consideration receivable
Other financial assets
Advances from joint ventures and associates

At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge
Foreign currency forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss
Cross currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Available for sale

Total

Financial Assets

Financial Liabilities

Current Non-current

Current Non-current

–
9.8 
–
9.8

1.6 
0.1 
–
1.7

–
11.5

– 
13.4 
– 
13.4

– 
– 
– 
– 

6.2 
19.6

0.7
–
13.5 
14.2

0.7 
– 
1.0 
1.7

–
15.9

– 
– 
–
– 

0.1 
– 
2.1 
2.2

– 
2.2

Financial Assets

Financial Liabilities

Current Non-current

Current Non-current

0.6 
10.0 
–
10.6

0.7 
0.3 
–
1.0

–
11.6

1.4 
–
–
1.4

0.2
–
–
0.2

5.1
6.7

–
–
16.5 
16.5

0.9 
0.1 
30.1 
31.1

–
47.6

–
–
–
–

–
–
3.4 
3.4

–
3.4

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets
Level 3 investments increased by $1.1 million from prior year (2014: $1.3 million decrease) mostly due to revaluation of investment.

106  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement
Fair value measurement
The Group measures and recognises financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss on a recurring basis, including:
 – Foreign currency forward contracts
 – Unquoted equity investments

Valuation of financial instruments 
For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used: 
 – Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
 – Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset 

or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

 – Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data. 

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant 
unobservable inputs used:

Type 

Valuation technique

Significant unobservable input 

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts 

Unquoted equity investments

Calculated using the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows based on 
observable yield curves

Not applicable

Calculated using forward exchange rates 
prevailing at the balance sheet date

Not applicable

Calculated based on the Group’s interest 
in the net assets of the unquoted entities

Assumptions are made with regard 
to future expected revenues and 
discount rates.

Changing the inputs to the valuations 
to reasonably possible alternative 
assumptions would not significantly change 
the amounts recognised in profit or loss, 
total assets or total liabilities, or total equity.

Annual Report 2015  107

Directors’ Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2015

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a)   The financial statements and notes set out on pages 53 to 107 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 

(Cth), including:
(i)   Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

(ii)   The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the 

Company and the consolidated entity;

(b)   There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable;

(c)   The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d)   The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to 

the financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 6 August 2015

108  Downer EDI Limited

 
 
Downer focuses on the risks and opportunities relevant to its 
business activities that are important for the Company and its 
stakeholders. Reviewing performance in the context of emerging 
global risks and opportunities enables Downer to adapt the 
way the Company delivers products and services and interacts 
with its supply chain. Sustainability performance is tracked and 
disclosed through the annual Sustainability Report, which is a 
supplement to the 2015 Annual Report. 

Consistent with this, Downer has revisited its materiality 
assessment to ensure the appropriate material sustainability 
issues are included in the Sustainability Report. The 
Sustainability Report provides a summary of Downer’s non-
financial, sustainability-related performance for the year ended 
30 June 2015 and will be available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com later in 2015.

Sustainability Performance Summary 2015

Downer’s ability to understand and manage the sustainability 
of its activities is fundamental to its long-term success as a 
business, improving its safety and environmental performance 
and delivering value to Downer’s stakeholders. Downer 
balances the need for short-term results against the long-term 
sustainability of the Company by optimising costs, improving 
efficiencies and maintaining systems without compromising 
the Company’s performance. Downer’s sustainability strategy 
and goal of Zero Harm requires continuous improvement 
focusing on the health and safety of its people, environmental 
sustainability and the advancement of the communities in which 
Downer operates.

Downer is committed to achieving the goal of Zero Harm. 
Zero Harm is overseen by the Board Zero Harm Committee 
who govern strategy and performance. Downer’s Executive 
Management Team is delegated responsibility to manage the 
business to deliver these. The Executive Management Team 
ensures that Downer has systems and processes that will assist 
its people to deliver a Zero Harm environment, supported 
by a strong culture of continuous improvement. Through the 
Executive Zero Harm Committee and the functional Zero Harm 
Leadership Group Downer continues to link the respective roles 
at Group and Divisional levels, identify common projects, monitor 
trends, and ensure it captures and shares best practice and 
learnings. Downer celebrates its successes and shares learning 
experiences to enable it to perform better. In addition to meeting 
legal requirements, Downer’s systems provide standards and 
accountabilities to ensure hazards are identified and risks are 
managed. While Downer’s people are committed to its goals, 
accountabilities are defined in performance agreements and 
targets are set that are linked to remuneration via incentive 
schemes. All of Downer’s divisions conduct regular safety and 
environmental audits by independent third parties. Downer uses 
relevant Australian and International standards such as AS41801, 
BS OHSAS 18001 and ISO 14001 as benchmarks in assessing, 
improving and maintaining the integrity of its management 
systems. Downer’s Divisions also adhere to the Zero Harm 
requirements established by its customers in addition to all 
applicable licences and regulatory requirements.

Annual Report 2015  109

Sustainability Performance Summary 2015 – continued

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

e
m

i
T

t
s
o
L

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

LTIFR

TRIFR

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

1
1
-
n
u
J

2
1
-
n
u
J

3
1
-
n
u
J

4
1
-
n
u
J

5
1
-
n
u
J

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

l

e
b
a
d
o
c
e
R

r

l

t

a
o
T

As Downer’s performance levels continue to improve, focus 
needs to remain on mitigation strategies for the critical risks 
and high potential incidents that may arise. Downer attributes 
its ongoing improvement to a number of factors including 
sustained focus on managing critical risks, strengthening its 
systems, providing appropriate skills, leadership and training 
to employees and contractors, and learning from audit and 
incident investigation findings. In FY16 Downer will continue 
this approach, with an additional focus on greater contractor 
engagement, continuing to target areas of high potential incident 
frequency with improvement projects, strengthening lessons 
learned processes, and driving further consistency in the way the 
business manages Zero Harm. Downer will continue to review, 
measure and benchmark its performance across a range of lead 
and lag indicators to provide assurance that the business has 
the necessary processes in place to manage Zero Harm risks to 
minimise the number of incidents, and that these processes are 
being actively used.

Health and safety

The health and safety of Downer’s people, including contractors, 
is the Company’s first priority as it is central to the success of 
the business. Downer believes that any injury is unacceptable 
and preventable. Downer aims to achieve this by continuing to 
improve its management systems, continual focus on managing 
risks that have the potential to cause serious harm, and 
positioning the Company’s culture where frontline teams have an 
enhanced commitment and capability to manage Zero Harm.

Downer’s managers lead by example and are held accountable 
for safety performance. They are expected to:
 – Engage with the workforce around a message of personal 

commitment, active caring, critical risk management, control 
effectiveness, lead indicators, and data analysis;

 – Enhance the capability of frontline teams to 

manage Zero Harm;

 – Consolidate, enhance and focus work practices around 

critical risk controls and the simple things; and

 – Strengthen resilience towards critical risks.

Employees and contractors are expected to take personal 
responsibility and be involved in setting and complying with 
safety standards and improvement initiatives. Downer’s Zero 
Harm culture involves leading and inspiring, re-thinking 
processes, learning lessons from what has worked well and 
tracking the progress of programs and initiatives to improve.

Safety risks that may cause serious harm to Downer’s people 
or operations include those arising from: working at height, 
electrical work, plant operation, plant maintenance, and 
underground services. The controls which are critical in the 
prevention and management of these risks have been identified 
and evaluated, and continue to be strengthened through 
certified management systems. The assurance and maintenance 
of these critical controls is a key focus across Downer.

Downer’s health and safety performance, as monitored through 
the measurement of Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)1, 
and Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)2, improved 
in FY15. LTIFR decreased from 1.08 to 0.86 per million hours 
worked, and TRIFR reduced from 4.83 to 3.783 per million hours 
worked. This represents a 20% improvement in injuries that 
result in time lost, and a 22% improvement in the number of 
recordable injuries. There were no fatalities.

1 

2 
3 

Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift, or more, 
after the shift on which the injury occurred, and injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The LTIFR is the number of LTIs per million hours worked.
TRIFR is the number of lost-time injuries + medically treated injuries (employees and contractors) per million hours worked.
Published safety statistics may be subject to change due to updates in incident classifications and amendments to hours worked. This data will be subject to third party 
verification and will be published in the 2015 Sustainability Report.

110  Downer EDI Limited

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downer operates within carbon-intensive industries and 
therefore key challenges are the effective management of 
carbon-related activities and the emission of greenhouse 
gases (GHG). Downer’s response to carbon-related risks 
is an integrated approach to emission-related activities, 
focusing on compliance, business improvement and business 
development opportunities.

As Downer is largely a contract service provider, this strategy 
has been influenced by the issues which also have an impact 
on customers. Downer’s ability to develop processes and 
technology to reduce emissions and overall energy consumption 
across a wide range of business activities such as mining and 
manufacturing asphalt assists its customers in managing the 
environmental sustainability challenges for their businesses.

During the year, Downer undertook 25 key projects as part of 
the implementation of the five-year GHG reduction and energy 
efficiency plans. The energy savings initiatives implemented 
during 2014-15 will deliver 295 Terajoules of annualised energy 
savings, equivalent to 29,000 tonnes of CO2 abatement across 
Downer’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions profiles.

Environmental sustainability

Downer tracks and reports its sustainability-related 
performance against three key areas covering compliance 
and risk management, minimising environmental impact and 
improving resource efficiency. Downer operates across a diverse 
range of industry sectors and manages its environmental 
and sustainability impacts through a risk-based approach 
which is supported by robust certified environmental 
management systems. 

Downer continues to endeavour to minimise the impact of its 
operations and activities on the environment by implementing 
effective mitigation strategies through project planning that 
reduces the potential for and number of actual spills or other 
environmental incidents. Downer records all environmental 
incidents and ranks these according to a six-level severity rating. 
During FY15, Downer met its group-wide target of zero Level 54 
or Level 65 environmental incidents. In addition there were no 
Level 4 (significant) environmental events and there were no 
environment related fines.

Downer has undertaken a program of identification and 
evaluation of the top five critical environmental risks across 
the varying business activities of each of the Divisions. Critical 
Environmental Risk Mitigation Plans have been developed 
for each of the top five risks within the Divisions and the 
implementation of one of these plans has commenced with the 
remaining plans scheduled for implementation in FY16.

Downer continues to refine its data management systems to 
ensure that they fulfil the needs of its regulatory compliance 
obligations, as well as providing its businesses with an effective 
tool for reporting energy, carbon and other environmental data. 
The collection and analysis of the data provides an important 
management tool for monitoring and improving the Company’s 
carbon performance, as well as that of the supply chain – both 
upstream and downstream.

4 

5 

A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where “material harm” has occurred and if 
costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.
A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident which results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment resulting in irreversible damage.

Annual Report 2015  111

Corporate governance 
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Overview 

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the 
platform from which: 
 – The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations, 

performance and growth of the Company;

 – Downer management is accountable to the Board;
 – The risks to Downer’s business are identified 

and managed; and

 – Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders 

and the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to 
promote leading corporate governance practices. 

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for 
management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and 
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide 
strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the 
Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for: 
 – Overseeing the Company, including its control and 

accountability systems;

 – Appointing and removing the Group CEO and 

senior executives; 

 – Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior 

executives; and 

 – Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk 

management and internal control, codes of conduct and 
legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director, the Board undertakes appropriate 
checks and provides shareholders with all material information 
which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director. 

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the 
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement. 

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to 
management, led by the Group CEO. 

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus 
on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility for 
Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance. 

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of Downer and his authority is delegated and 
authorised by the Board. 

Downer has written employment agreements with each of 
its senior executives and the performance of those senior 
executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures, 
including performance targets linked to the business plan and 
overall corporate objectives. In 2015, Downer’s senior executives 
participated in periodic performance evaluations where they 
received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the 
effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the 
Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper 
functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive 
Leadership Team are available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and 
inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its 
employees, customers and shareholders while building a 
sustainable future for its business. Downer has formalised its 
practices in a Diversity & Inclusiveness Policy, which sets out 
Downer’s diversity initiatives and is reviewed on a regular basis to 
ensure currency. Downer’s Diversity & Inclusiveness Committee 
continues to meet on a regular basis and is made up of senior 
executives across the Group. 

The Diversity & Inclusiveness Policy and Downer’s 
Sustainability Reports are available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement
This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance 
throughout 2015 with respect to its broader diversity program, 
but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:
 – Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;
 – An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken 

by Downer throughout 2015; and

 – An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity 

objectives for 2016.

Gender representation metrics
As at 30 June 2015, the gender representation metrics 
were as follows:
 – Two of the seven Non-executive Directors on the Downer 

Board are women;

 – Women currently make up 7.4% of Senior Executive1 roles;
 – 7.1% of Manager2 roles are held by women; and
 – Women constitute approximately 12% of Downer’s workforce.

1 

2 

For present purposes, “Senior Executive” refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference guide 
to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).
For present purposes, “Manager” refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA Reference Guide.

112  Downer EDI Limited

Looking back: 2015 measurable objectives
Objective

Outcome

To have at least one female candidate on the 
shortlist for 25% of manager roles (currently 
17%) to aim to increase the number of female 
managers in Downer from 6.0% (2014) to 
6.5% in the future

To complete the implementation of a job 
grading structure across Downer to enable a 
comprehensive gender pay review in the future

Conduct a Diversity and Inclusiveness Survey 
which will expand upon the survey conducted 
in 2012 by targeting a broader audience and 
incorporating cultural and age diversity, not 
just gender diversity

Introduce a group-wide formal mentoring 
program with the initial focus being females 
in leadership roles

Promote awareness, utilisation and continuous 
improvement of flexible work opportunities to 
female employees

Consolidate and strengthen Downer’s 
involvement in the Jawun program

Continue to focus on the ageing workforce and 
the flexible work and retirement planning options 
available to employees transitioning to retirement, 
with a particular focus on developing and 
implementing the objectives and initiatives of the 
Corporate Champions program, and undertaking a 
group wide employee age profiling exercise

At least one female was interviewed for 24% of management roles.

The number of female employees in the organisation has remained unchanged at 
12%. The number of female executives (as measured by WGEA) has increased to 
7.4% and the number of female managers within Downer has increased to 7.1%.

Downer has expanded its continuing group-wide Downer Corporate Family 
Program to the New Zealand business in order to improve support for employees 
and to facilitate the progression of women to managerial positions.

This project is ongoing and is expected to be completed in 2016.

This survey was conducted late in 2014. Generally, Downer saw an improvement 
from the 2012 results. The Survey highlighted a number of areas for continued 
focus, including:
 – flexible work arrangements;
 – creating an awareness of diversity for leaders;
 – pay equity; and 
 – the number of female leaders within Downer. 

These issues will continue to be the focus for 2016.

A group wide formal mentoring program was introduced, with the aim of 50% 
female participants. The program commenced late in 2014.

The Diversity and Inclusiveness Survey revealed that 61% of respondents 
believed they had access to flexible work arrangements and that overall Downer 
supported a flexible work environment. In the last year, procedures have been 
streamlined and associated toolkits have been produced to provide further 
information and education on flexible work with the aim of rolling these out 
across the Group to ensure consistency.

Downer employees participated in a pilot project late in 2013 and Downer has 
now entered into a formal partnership with Jawun until 2018. This partnership 
creates opportunities for selected Downer employees to make a contribution 
to Australia’s indigenous community through various programs and initiatives. 
Downer will continue to strengthen this partnership through the development 
of solutions to provide greater financial self-sufficiency for Indigenous people 
and communities. 

Downer continues to engage in cultural community programs, including the 
successful piloting of an in-house marae based leadership program by Downer 
NZ – the program operated for 6 days over the year with 15 participants.  The 
second cohort of this program is now underway with a further 15 participants. 
The business has received $150k of funding from Te Puni Kokiri with 20 aspiring 
leaders participating in external marae based fully funded leadership programs.

A group wide age profiling exercise was undertaken during FY15 and this 
program will be piloted within the Rail division in FY16. 

Annual Report 2015  113

Looking ahead: 2016 measurable objectives
 – Undertake a structural diversity review to ensure there 
is a complete and accurate understanding of Downer’s 
diversity footprint.

 – To continue to increase the number of female employees and 
female managers within Downer by ensuring that a female is 
shortlisted for every management role. The target for FY16 is 
14% of employees to be female (currently 12%) and 9% female 
managers (currently 7.1%).

 – To ensure every salaried female within Downer receives 
a performance and development review to enable the 
organisation to identify female talent and offer appropriate 
leadership development programs and/or input into 
succession planning.

 – Completion of the job grading structure across Downer to 
enable a comprehensive gender pay review in the future.
 – Increase the number of Indigenous employees across the 
Group by participation in the government’s Employment 
Parity Initiative.

 – Continue the association with Jawun in Australia and marae 

based leadership programs in New Zealand.

 – Continue to focus on the ageing workforce by optimising 

and retaining the aged workforce by providing flexibility and 
retirement planning options. 

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value

Throughout the 2015 financial year, the Board was comprised of 
a majority of independent Directors. 

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike Harding, 
an independent, Non-executive Director), five other independent, 
Non-executive Directors and an Executive Director (the Group 
CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members of the Board, including 
their skills, experience, status and their term of office are set out 
in the Directors’ Report on pages 2 to 3 and are also available on 
the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is assessed by the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure the Board is of 
a composition, size and commitment to effectively discharge its 
responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring an independent judgement to 
bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy 
to provide Directors with access to independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances. 

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of 
conferring regularly without management present, and they do 
so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-
executive Director who is not a member of management and 
who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or 
could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the 
independent exercise of their judgement. The Board regularly 
assesses the independence of each Director to ensure that each 
Director has the capacity to bring an independent judgement to 
bear on issues before the Board and to act in the best interests 
of Downer as a whole. 

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to 
promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any 
interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related 
party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities. 

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can 
serve more than three years without offering themselves 
for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive 
Director. He is responsible for leadership of the Board and for 
the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board. The 
Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high 
standard of values, governance and constructive interaction 
is maintained. 

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all 
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations 
between Directors and the Board and management. He also 
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and 
conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by 
the same person and the division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the 
Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s 
Delegations Policy.

114  Downer EDI Limited

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015The Board has established a number of committees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities.  
A list of the main Board Committees and their membership is set out in the table below. 

Board Committee

Audit and Risk Committee

Chairman

S A Chaplain

Zero Harm Committee

E A Howell

Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee
Remuneration Committee

R M Harding

P S Garling

Disclosure Committee

J S Humphrey 

Tender Risk Evaluation Committee

C G Thorne

The names of members of each committee, the number of 
meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the 
various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 17. 

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is 
to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation 
of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee, 
is chaired by an independent Director and comprises five 
members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender Risk 
Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review tender 
opportunities. 

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection 
and appointment of Directors of the Company. 

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s 
primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling 
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board 
is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the 
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading 
governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a 
charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition, 
structure, membership requirements and the procedures for 
inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter 
gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
access to internal and external resources, including advice 
from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Members

P S Garling
J S Humphrey
C G Thorne
S A Chaplain
G A Fenn
C G Thorne
S A Chaplain 
J S Humphrey
R M Harding
J S Humphrey
G A Fenn
R M Harding
G A Fenn
P S Garling
R M Harding
E A Howell

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all 
members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an 
independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include: 
 – Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board; 
 – Assessing the extent to which the required skills are 

represented on the Board;

 – Establishing processes for the review of the performance of 

individual Directors and the Board as a whole; 

 – Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for 
appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal 
due diligence screening process); and

 – Recommending the engagement of nominated 

persons as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is 
represented on the Board. This may result in a non-executive 
Director with a longer tenure remaining in office so as to bring 
that experience and depth of understanding to matters brought 
before the Board.

Annual Report 2015  115

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the 
current Board composition. The Company recognises the value 
of diversity which has been a component of the appointment 
Professional qualifications
process over the past few years. 

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist 
with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman, 
Board and Group CEO meet with nominees as part of the 
appointment process. 

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and 
Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer 
Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance 
practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including 
externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and 
that of its Committees and Directors. The last review was 
completed during FY13 with planning currently underway for 
the next review. 

The Company has formal induction procedures for both 
Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures 
have been developed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of: 
 – Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk 

management policies; 

 – The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles of 

the Board and senior executives; and

 – Downer’s culture and values. 

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company 
Secretary and an induction pack containing information about 
Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and 
Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior 
executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business 
operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure 
to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director 
site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also 
encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional 
development courses to update and enhance their skills 
and knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly 
organises governance and other continuing education 
sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge 
its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access 
to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-
related issues and the appointment and removal of the 
Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company 
Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all 
governance matters. 

Professional qualifications

Business and economics

Technical*

Humanities

Legal

0.0 

1.0 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

*Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

Professional Services*

Resources

Transport and infrastructure

0.0 

1.0 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

*Includes banking, finance and legal.

Tenure

9+

6–9

3–6

0–3

0.0 

1.0 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

Gender diversity

Gender diversity

Male

Female

116  Downer EDI Limited

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2015Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible 
decision-making

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour 
and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The 
Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone and 
standards of the Company and deals with matters such as: 
 – Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law; 
 – Workplace behaviour;
 – Prohibition against bribery and corruption; 
 – Protection of confidential information; 
 – Engaging with stakeholders;
 – Workplace safety; 
 – Diversity and inclusiveness;
 – Sustainability; and 
 – Conflicts of interest. 

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures 
for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of 
Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an 
external and independent reporting service which enables 
employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the 
Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other 
unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are 
investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary 
overseeing the completion of any remedial action.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers 
and employees and is available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in 
place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various 
matters, including: 

 – Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated 
employees and a formal process which employees must 
adhere to when dealing in securities); 

 – The Company’s disclosure obligations (including 

continuous disclosure);

 – Communicating with shareholders and the general 

investment community; and

 – Privacy. 

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which 
expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption 
currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and 
which addresses key issues such as working with government, 
political donations, human rights, conducting business 
internationally and gifts and benefits. As Downer has operations 
in foreign jurisdictions, Downer employees are confronted by 
the challenges of doing business in environments where bribery 
and corruption are real risks. However, regardless of the country 
or culture within which its people work, Downer is committed 
to compliance with the law, as well as maintaining its reputation 
for ethical practice. 

These policies are available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

Annual Report 2015  117

Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which 
assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and 
timely access to material information about the Company and 
that Company announcements are factual and presented in 
a clear and balanced way. A copy of the Disclosure Policy is 
available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying 
and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the 
ASX Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent, 
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the 
Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees 
disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the 
general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders

Downer empowers its shareholders by: 
 – Communicating effectively, openly and honestly 

with shareholders; 

 – Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and 

understandable information about the Company and its 
governance; and 

 – Making it easy for shareholders to participate in 

general meetings. 

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s 
approach to communicating with shareholders and is available 
on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website 
(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half 
Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and 
media releases. 

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs through 
its use of electronic communication, including by making notices 
of meetings available on its website and audio casting of general 
meetings and significant Group presentations.

The Directors and key members of management attend the 
Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Corporate governance – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in 
financial reporting

The Company has in place a structure of review and 
authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards the 
integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to:
 – The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and 

reporting practices of the Company with a particular focus on 
the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to shareholders;

 – The Company’s risk profile and risk policies; and
 – The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal 

control and framework for risk management. 

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it: 
 – Consists of only Non-executive Directors; 
 – Consists of a majority of independent Directors; 
 – Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the 

Chairman of the Board); and
 – Has at least three members. 

The Audit and Risk Committee currently comprises only 
independent Directors, includes members who are financially 
literate and has at least one member who has relevant 
qualifications and experience. 

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and 
Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure 
and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting 
non-committee members to attend meetings. 

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the 
Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the 
annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with 
sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
control and that the system is operating effectively in all material 
respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is 
available to answer any questions which shareholders may have 
about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial 
year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk 
Committee convened in FY15, together with the individual 
attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 17.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

118  Downer EDI Limited

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has 
various risk management policies and procedures in place that 
cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign 
exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering 
and contracting risk and project management.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and 
reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of 
internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent 
of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit 
levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and 
ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial 
reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies 
and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that 
Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as well 
as community standards.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in 
its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the 
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk 
Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with 
applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and 
Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee 
on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material 
business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable 
business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. The 
Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and oversees 
Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including the Group risk 
profile and the effectiveness of the systems being implemented 
to manage risk. The last comprehensive review of the Risk 
Management Framework was completed in 2013. However, the 
Board reviews the Group risk profile twice each year, undertakes 
a facilitated risk workshop annually, and considers other risk 
matters, such as business resilience, tender review processes, 
risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a regular basis, as well as 
regular reports from senior management, the internal audit team, 
and the external auditor. The next comprehensive review of the 
Risk Management Framework is in progress and expected to be 
completed by December 2015. 

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed 
overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental 
sustainability and social sustainability risks. The 2014 
Sustainability Report is available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com. 

Annual Report 2015  119

Corporate governance – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has 
adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its 
role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership 
requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee 
members to attend meetings. 

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can 
be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum. 
This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008. 
Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive 
Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 19.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
making recommendations to the Board about:

 – Executive remuneration and incentive policies;
 – The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance 

measurement and termination policies and procedures for all 
senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO; 

 – Executive and equity-based incentive plans; and 
 – Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive directors and non-
executive directors forms part of the responsibilities of the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior 
executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of 
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the 
performance and remuneration of senior executives. 

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:
 – Consists of a majority of independent Directors;
 – Is chaired by an independent Director; and 
 – Has at least three members.

Currently no Executive Director is a member of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

The Company’s previous Constitution allowed for retiring Non-
executive Directors to receive a retiring allowance, subject to the 
limitations set out in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). Consistent 
with the ASX Principles, the right to retirement benefits was 
frozen in 2005. However, because remuneration arrangements 
for some Non-executive Directors were in place prior to 2005, 
information about any payments has been fully provided in 
the financial statements where such retirement benefits have 
been paid. Directors entitled to a retirement benefit were paid 
a reduced fee and once a Director’s accumulated reduction 
in base fees reached the value of the retirement benefit, the 
applicable base fee reverted to the general fee level. This has 
been applied to Mr Humphrey from 1 July 2009. The retirement 
benefit has not been offered to Non-executive Directors 
appointed subsequently.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity 
incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior 
executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and 
variable remuneration taking into account the performance of 
the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive 
Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as 
short and long-term incentives. 

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from 
entering into transactions in associated products which limit the 
economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under 
any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes. 

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors 
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report 
at page 19 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by 
Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 4.

120  Downer EDI Limited

Information for Investors 
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Downer shareholders

Share registry

Downer had 20,278 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2015.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) 
Limited, holds 24.98% of the 432,683,214 fully paid ordinary 
shares issued at that date. Downer has 18,279 shareholders with 
registered addresses in Australia.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASX code 
DOW, and is secondary listed on the New Zealand Exchange with 
the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers 
comprehensive information about Downer and its services. 
The site also contains news releases and announcements to 
the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports, 
Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed 
communications for shareholders include the Annual Report 
which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range 
of circumstances within the business operations of Downer 
including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of 
franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to 
the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated 
joint ventures.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global 
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency 
of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism 
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the 
Company without the usual costs associated with share 
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available 
from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer 
shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s 
share registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
(Computershare):
Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when 
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored 
and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts, 
DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and 
postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory. 
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file 
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal 
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to 
investors residing in Australia. For more information please 
contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately, 
in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been 
lost or stolen.

Annual Report 2015  121

Information for Investors – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report 
by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the 
address provided. Alternatively shareholders may choose to 
receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in 
Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any 
change of your registered address.

Registered office and principal 
administration office

Downer EDI Limited Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700 
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG 
10 Shelley Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2015

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital
432,683,214 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 20,278 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders
The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2015.

Shareholders

Dimensional Fund Advisors
T.Rowe Price Associates, Inc
Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited
LSV Asset Management
Commonwealth Bank of Australia
Vinva Investment Management
Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings Inc

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities
Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2015 is as follows.

Range of holdings

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
Total
Holding less than a marketable parcel 
of shares

Number of
shareholders

Shareholders
%

11,092
7,277
1,162
698
49
20,278
1,010

54.70
35.89
5.73
3.44
0.24

Ordinary shares
held

% of issued
shares

26,325,189
26,313,976
22,695,686
21,874,362
21,816,975
 21,792,439
 21,665,910

Ordinary
shares held

4,919,180
16,561,003
8,304,803
15,393,451
387,504,777
432,683,214

6.08
6.08
5.25
5.06
5.04
5.04
5.01

Shares
%

1.14
3.83
1.92
3.56
89.55
100.00

122  Downer EDI Limited

Twenty largest shareholders
Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2015 are as follows.

Shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
National Nominees Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited – Colonial First State Inv A/C
CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C
AMP Life Ltd
Argo Investments Ltd
SBN Nominees Pty Limited
National Nominees Limited – N A/C
QIC Limited
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
Masfen Securities Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited-GSCO ECA
Share Direct Nominees Pty Ltd
UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd
Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2
Total for top 20 shareholders

On-market share buy-back

Shares held

108,094,869
108,091,493
56,898,856
50,287,818
20,450,023
6,940,408
6,519,507
4,667,717
3,044,665
2,392,527
2,184,000
1,612,521
1,541,504
1,282,500
1,171,647
1,131,209
1,034,908
938,636
891,642
823,326
379,999,776

% of issued 
shares

24.98
24.98
13.15
11.62
4.73
1.60
1.51
1.08
0.70
0.55
0.50
0.37
0.36
0.30
0.27
0.26
0.24
0.22
0.21
0.19
87.82

On 5 August 2014, the Board resolved to undertake an ongoing share buy-back program that commenced on 20 August 2014. The total 
number of shares acquired as at 6 August 2015 is 2,716,761. The total number of shares to be purchased under the buy-back will 
depend on share price levels and capital requirements. The share buy-back program is part of Downer’s ongoing capital management 
strategy and will be managed in conjunction with capital requirements for growth. Downer has a strong balance sheet and is in a good 
position to take advantage of growth opportunities, including mergers and acquisitions, but any prospect will be subject to robust risk 
assessment. Downer will focus on opportunities that are strategic, the right price and grow the Company’s capability.

Annual Report 2015  123

This page has been left blank intentionally.

124  Downer EDI Limited

This report has been printed on Sovereign Silk. Sovereign A2 – Silk is 
proudly made FSC certified by Hankuk paper who also carry the ISO 14001 
EMS accreditation. Manufactured with elemental chlorine free pulps and 
now available as optional carbon neutral for an additional charge. Full 
‘cradle to grave’ LCA completed according to international standards. 

DOWNER EDI LIMITED
Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia 
T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915 
ABN 97 003 872 848

www.downergroup.com

D

o

w

n

e

r

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

5